7 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleInfoProvider">
9 The delegate to define how to provide informations for <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Name"/> or <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Description"/>.
11 <param name="obj">The sender obj.</param>
12 <returns>Return information for Name or Description.</returns>
14 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject">
16 It's a base abstract class for <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Widget"/>.
17 It provides available definitions for the screen reader, such as <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Name"/>, <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Description"/>, <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.ReadingInfoType"/>, etc.
18 There's many the relationship between two accessible objects, like <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ChildOf"/>, <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentOf"/>, <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo"/>, <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom"/>, etc.
21 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#ReadingInfoType">
23 Gets or sets the reading information types of an accessible object.
26 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#Role">
28 Gets or sets the role of the object in accessibility domain.
31 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#CanHighlight">
33 Gets or sets highlightable of given widget.
36 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#TranslationDomain">
38 Gets or sets the translation domain of "name" and "description" properties.
39 Translation domain should be set if application wants to support i18n for accessibily "name" and "description" properties.
40 When translation domain is set values of "name" and "description" properties will be translated with dgettext function using current translation domain as "domainname" parameter.
41 It is application developer responsibility to ensure that translation files are loaded and binded to translation domain when accessibility is enabled.
44 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#Name">
46 Gets or sets an accessible name of the object.
49 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#Description">
51 Gets or sets contextual information about object.
54 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#NameProvider">
56 Gets or sets the delegate for <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Name"/>.
59 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#DescriptionProvider">
61 Gets or sets the delegate for <see cref = "P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Description" />.
64 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
66 Creates and initializes a new instance of the AccessibleObject class with parent EvasObject class parameter.
68 <param name="parent">Parent EvasObject class </param>
70 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.#ctor">
72 Creates and initializes a new instance of the AccessibleObject class.
75 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#AppendRelation(ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleRelation)">
77 Defines the relationship between two accessible objects.
78 Relationships can be queried by Assistive Technology clients to provide customized feedback, improving overall user experience.
79 AppendRelation API is asymmetric, which means that appending, for example, relation <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo"/> from object A to B, do not append relation <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom"/> from object B to object A.
81 <param name="relation">The relationship between source object and target object of a given type.</param>
83 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#RemoveRelation(ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleRelation)">
85 Removes the relationship between two accessible objects.
87 <param name="relation">The relationship between source object and target object of a given type.</param>
89 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.Highlight">
91 Highlights accessible widget.
94 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.Unhighlight">
96 Clears highlight of accessible widget.
99 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleRelation">
101 IAccessibleRelation is a interface which defines the relationship between two accessible objects.
104 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelledBy">
106 To define label info for accessible object.
109 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelledBy.Target">
111 Gets or sets the target object which is LabelledBy.
114 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelledBy.Type">
116 Gets the LabelledBy type.
119 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelFor">
121 To define label info for accessible object.
124 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelFor.Target">
126 Gets or sets the target object which is LabelFor.
129 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelFor.Type">
131 Gets the LabelFor type.
134 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControllerFor">
136 To define control relationship for accessible object.
139 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControllerFor.Target">
141 Gets or sets the target object which is ControllerFor.
144 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControllerFor.Type">
146 Gets the ControllerFor type.
149 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControlledBy">
151 To define control relationship for accessible object.
154 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControlledBy.Target">
156 Gets or sets the target object which is ControlledBy.
159 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControlledBy.Type">
161 Gets the ControlledBy type.
164 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.MemberOf">
166 To define member relationship for accessible object.
169 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.MemberOf.Target">
171 Gets or sets the target object which is MemberOf.
174 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.MemberOf.Type">
176 Gets the MemberOf type.
179 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.TooltipFor">
181 To define tooltip for accessible object.
184 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.TooltipFor.Target">
186 Gets or sets the target object which is TooltipFor.
189 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.TooltipFor.Type">
191 Gets the TooltipFor type.
194 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ChildOf">
196 To define child for accessible object.
199 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ChildOf.Target">
201 Gets or sets the target object which is ChildOf.
204 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ChildOf.Type">
206 Gets the ChildOf type.
209 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentOf">
211 To define parent for accessible object.
214 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentOf.Target">
216 Gets or sets the target object which is ParentOf.
219 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentOf.Type">
221 Gets the ParentOf type.
224 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.Extended">
226 To define extend for accessible object.
229 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.Extended.Target">
231 Gets or sets the target object which is Extended.
234 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.Extended.Type">
236 Gets the Extended type.
239 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo">
241 To define the custom reading order.
244 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo.Target">
246 Gets or sets the target object which is FlowsTo.
249 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo.Type">
251 Gets the FlowsTo type.
254 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom">
256 To define the custom reading order.
259 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom.Target">
261 Gets or sets the target object which is FlowsFrom.
264 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom.Type">
266 Gets the FlowsFrom type.
269 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.SubwindowOf">
271 To define subwindow for accessible object.
274 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.SubwindowOf.Target">
276 Gets or sets the target object which is SubwindowOf.
279 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.SubwindowOf.Type">
281 Gets the SubwindowOf type.
284 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.Embeds">
286 To define embed for accessible object.
289 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.Embeds.Target">
291 Gets or sets the target object which is Embeds.
294 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.Embeds.Type">
296 Gets the Embeds type.
299 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.EmbeddedBy">
301 To define embed for accessible object.
304 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.EmbeddedBy.Target">
306 Gets or sets the target object which is EmbeddedBy.
309 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.EmbeddedBy.Type">
311 Gets the EmbeddedBy type.
314 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.PopupFor">
316 To define popup for accessible object.
319 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.PopupFor.Target">
321 Gets or sets the target object which is PopupFor.
324 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.PopupFor.Type">
326 Gets the PopupFor type.
329 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentWindowOf">
331 To define parent window for accessible object.
334 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentWindowOf.Target">
336 Gets or sets the target object which is ParentWindowOf.
339 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentWindowOf.Type">
341 Gets the ParentWindowOf type.
344 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescriptionFor">
346 To define description for accessible object.
349 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescriptionFor.Target">
351 Gets or sets the target object which is DescriptionFor.
354 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescriptionFor.Type">
356 Gets the DescriptionFor type.
359 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescribedBy">
361 To define description for accessible object.
364 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescribedBy.Target">
366 Gets or sets the target object which is DescribedBy.
369 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescribedBy.Type">
371 Gets the DescribedBy type.
374 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus">
376 Enumeration for ReadingStatus.
379 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus.Unknown">
384 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus.Cancelled">
389 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus.Stoppped">
394 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus.Skipped">
399 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleUtil">
401 AccessibleUtil provides a method to set the reading information.
404 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleUtil.Say(System.String,System.Boolean)">
406 Reads given text by screen reader.
408 <param name="text">The reading text.</param>
409 <param name="discardable">If true, reading can be discarded by subsequent reading requests, if false the reading must finish before next reading request can be started.</param>
410 <returns>Return a task with reading status.</returns>
412 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole">
414 Enumeration for AccessRole.
417 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Invalid">
422 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.AcceleratorLabel">
424 AcceleratorLabel role
427 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Alert">
432 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Animation">
437 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Arrow">
442 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Calendar">
447 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Canvas">
452 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.CheckBox">
457 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.CheckMenuItem">
462 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ColorChooser">
467 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ColumnHeader">
472 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ComboBox">
477 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DateEditor">
482 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DesktopIcon">
487 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DesktopFrame">
492 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Dial">
497 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Dialog">
502 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DirectoryPane">
507 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DrawingArea">
512 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.FileChooser">
517 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Filler">
522 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.FocusTraversable">
524 FocusTraversable role
527 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.FontChooser">
532 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Frame">
537 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.GlassPane">
542 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.HtmlContainer">
547 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Icon">
552 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Image">
557 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.InternalFrame">
562 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Label">
567 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.LayeredPane">
572 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.List">
577 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ListItem">
582 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Menu">
587 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.MenuBar">
592 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.MenuItem">
597 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.OptionPane">
602 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PageTab">
607 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PageTabList">
612 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Panel">
617 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PasswordText">
622 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PopupMenu">
627 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ProgressBar">
632 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PushButton">
637 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RadioButton">
642 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RadioMenuItem">
647 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RootPane">
652 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RowHeader">
657 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ScrollBar">
662 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ScrollPane">
667 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Separator">
672 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Slider">
677 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.SpinButton">
682 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.SplitPane">
687 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.StatusBar">
692 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Table">
697 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TableCell">
702 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TableColumnHeader">
704 TableColumnHeader role
707 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TableRowHeader">
712 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TearoffMenuItem">
717 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Terminal">
722 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Text">
727 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ToggleButton">
732 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ToolBar">
737 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ToolTip">
742 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Tree">
747 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TreeTable">
752 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Unknown">
757 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Viewport">
762 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Window">
767 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Extended">
772 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Header">
777 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Footer">
782 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Paragraph">
787 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Ruler">
792 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Application">
797 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Autocomplete">
802 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Editbar">
807 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Embedded">
812 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Entry">
817 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Chart">
822 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Caption">
827 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentFrame">
832 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Heading">
837 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Page">
842 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Section">
847 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RedundantObject">
852 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Form">
857 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Link">
862 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.InputMethodWindow">
864 InputMethodWindow role
867 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TableRow">
872 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TreeItem">
877 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentSpreadsheet">
879 DocumentSpreadsheet role
882 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentPresentation">
884 DocumentPresentation role
887 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentText">
892 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentWeb">
897 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentEmail">
902 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Comment">
907 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ListBox">
912 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Grouping">
917 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ImageMap">
922 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Notification">
927 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.InfoBar">
932 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject">
934 IAccessibleObject is a interface which defines properties and methods of accessible object.
937 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType">
939 Enumeration for ReadingInfoType.
942 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.None">
947 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.Name">
949 Name for reading info type
952 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.Role">
954 Role for reading info type
957 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.Description">
959 Description for reading info type
962 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.State">
964 State for reading info type
967 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Background">
969 The Background is a widget that use for setting (solid) background decorations to a window (unless it has transparency enabled)
970 or to any container object.
973 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Background.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
975 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Background class.
977 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Background will be attached as a child.</param>
979 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Background.Color">
981 Sets or gets color to Background.
984 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Background.File">
986 Sets or gets image to Background.
989 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Background.BackgroundOption">
991 Sets or gets the mode of display for a given background widget's image.
994 This sets how the background widget will display its image.
995 This will only work if the File was previously set with an image file on obj.
996 The image can be display tiled, scaled, centered or stretched. scaled by default.
999 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Background.SetFileLoadSize(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
1001 Set the size of the pixmap representation of the image set on a given background widget.
1002 This method just makes sense if an image file was set.
1003 This is just a hint for the underlying system.
1004 The real size of the pixmap may differ depending on the type of image being loaded, being bigger than requested.
1006 <param name="w">The new width of the image pixmap representation.</param>
1007 <param name="h">The new height of the image pixmap representation.</param>
1009 <member name="T:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions">
1011 Enumeration for the background type.
1014 <member name="F:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions.Center">
1016 Centers the background image
1019 <member name="F:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions.Scale">
1021 Scales the background image, retaining the aspect ratio
1024 <member name="F:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions.Stretch">
1026 Stretches the background image to fill the UI component's area.
1029 <member name="F:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions.Tile">
1031 Tiles the background image at its original size
1034 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Box">
1036 The Box is a container used to arranges UI components in a linear order.
1039 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1041 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Box class.
1043 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Box will be attached as a child.</param>
1045 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Box.IsHorizontal">
1047 Sets or gets IsHorizontal value which describe pack direction, vertical is default.
1050 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Box.IsHomogeneous">
1052 Sets or gets whether the box to arrange its children homogeneously.
1055 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.PackEnd(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1057 Adds an object at the end of the pack list.
1060 Packs "content" object into the Box, placing it last in the list of children objects.
1061 The actual position the object will get on screen depends on the layout used.
1062 If no custom layout is set, it will be at the bottom or right,
1063 depending if the Box is vertical or horizontal, respectively.
1065 <param name="content">The oject be packed</param>
1067 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.PackStart(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1069 Adds an "content" object to the beginning of the pack list.
1072 Pack "content" object into the Box obj, placing it first in the list of children objects.
1073 The actual position the object will get on screen depends on the layout used.
1074 If no custom layout is set, it will be at the top or left,
1075 depending if the Box is vertical or horizontal, respectively.
1077 <param name="content">The object to be packed.</param>
1079 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.PackAfter(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1081 Adds an "content "object to the Box after the "after" object.
1084 This will add the "content" to the Box indicated after the object indicated with "after".
1085 If "after" is not already in the Box, results are undefined.
1086 After means either to the right of the "after" object or below it depending on orientation.
1088 <param name="content">The object will be added in Box</param>
1089 <param name="after">The object has been added in Box</param>
1091 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.PackBefore(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1093 Adds an "content "object to the Box before the "before" object.
1096 This will add the "content" to the Box indicated before the object indicated with "before".
1097 If "before" is not already in the Box, results are undefined.
1098 before means either to the left of the "before" object or below it depending on orientation.
1100 <param name="content">The object will be added in Box</param>
1101 <param name="before">The object has been added in Box</param>
1103 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.UnPack(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1105 Remove the "content" oject from Box without deleting it.
1107 <param name="content">The object to unpack</param>
1109 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.UnPackAll">
1111 Removes all objects from Box container.
1114 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.SetLayoutCallback(System.Action)">
1116 Whenever anything changes that requires the Box in obj to recalculate the size and position of its elements,
1117 the function cb will be called to determine what the layout of the children will be.
1119 <param name="action">The callback function used for layout </param>
1121 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
1123 Sets the color of exact part to Box's layout parent.
1125 <param name="part">The name of part class, it could be 'bg', 'elm.swllow.content'.</param>
1126 <param name="color">The color value.</param>
1128 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.GetPartColor(System.String)">
1130 Gets the color of exact part of Box's layout parent.
1132 <param name="part">The name of part class, it could be 'bg', 'elm.swllow.content'.</param>
1135 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.Recalculate">
1137 Force the box to recalculate its children packing.
1138 If any children was added or removed, box will not calculate the values immediately rather leaving it to the next main loop iteration.
1139 While this is great as it would save lots of recalculation, whenever you need to get the position of a just added item you must force recalculate before doing so.
1142 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.Clear">
1144 Clear the box of all children.
1145 Remove all the elements contained by the box, deleting the respective objects.
1148 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.SetBoxAlignment(System.Double,System.Double)">
1150 Sets or gets the alignment of the whole bounding box of contents.
1152 <param name="horizontal">Horizontal alignment</param>
1153 <param name="vertical">Vertical alignment</param>
1155 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.SetPadding(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
1157 Sets or gets the space(padding) between the box's elements.
1159 <param name="horizontal">Horizontal padding</param>
1160 <param name="vertical">vertical padding</param>
1162 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Button">
1164 The Button is a widget works as a clickable input element to trigger events.
1167 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Button.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1169 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Button class.
1171 <param name="parent">
1172 The EvasObject to which the new Button will be attached as a child.
1175 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Button.Clicked">
1177 Clicked will be triggered when Button is clicked.
1180 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Button.Repeated">
1182 Repeated will be triggered when Button is pressed without releasing it.
1185 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Button.Pressed">
1187 Pressed will be triggered when the Button is pressed.
1190 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Button.Released">
1192 Released will be triggered when the Button is released after being pressed.
1195 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Button.AutoRepeat">
1197 Sets or gets the autorepeat feature of a given Button.
1200 Autorepeat feature means autorepeat event generated when the button is kept pressed.
1201 When set AutoRepeat to false, no autorepeat is performed and buttons will trigger Clicked event when they are clicked.
1202 When set to true, keeping a button pressed continuously trigger Repeated event until the button is released.
1203 The time it takes until it starts triggering Repeated is given by AutoRepeatInitialTime,
1204 and the time between each new emission is given by AutoRepeatGapTimeout.
1207 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Button.AutoRepeatInitialTime">
1209 Sets or gets the initial timeout before the Repeat event is generated.
1212 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Button.AutoRepeatGapTimeout">
1214 Sets or gets the interval between each generated Repeat event.
1217 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Button.BackgroundColor">
1219 Sets or gets the BackgroundColor of a given Button in normal and pressed status.
1222 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType">
1224 Enumeration for event periodicity, used to define if a mark should be repeated beyond event's day. It's set when a mark is added.
1227 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Unique">
1229 Default value. Marks will be displayed only on event day.
1232 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Daily">
1234 Marks will be displayed every day after event day.
1237 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Weekly">
1239 Marks will be displayed every week after event day.
1242 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Monthly">
1244 Marks will be displayed every month day that coincides to event day.
1247 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Annually">
1249 Marks will be displayed every year that coincides to event day.
1252 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.LastDayOfMonth">
1254 Marks will be displayed every last day of month after event day.
1257 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode">
1259 Enumeration for the mode, which determine how user could select a day.
1262 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode.Default">
1264 Default value. a day is always selected.
1267 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode.Always">
1269 A day is always selected.
1272 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode.None">
1274 None of the days can be selected.
1277 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode.OnDemand">
1279 User may have selected a day or not.
1282 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable">
1284 Enumeration used to define which fields of a tm struct will be taken into account
1287 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable.None">
1289 None will be taken into account
1292 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable.Year">
1294 Year will be taken into account
1297 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable.Month">
1299 Month will be taken into account
1302 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable.Day">
1304 Day will be taken into account
1307 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CalendarMark">
1309 The CalendarMark is a Item for marking a Calendar's type,date and repeat type.
1312 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMark.Type">
1314 A string used to define the type of mark.
1317 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMark.Date">
1319 A time struct to represent the date of inclusion of the mark.
1322 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMark.Repeat">
1324 Repeat the event following this periodicity.
1327 <member name="M:ElmSharp.CalendarMark.#ctor(System.String,System.DateTime,ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType)">
1329 Creates and initializes a new instance of the CalendarMark class.
1331 <param name="type">Type of mark</param>
1332 <param name="date">Date of inclusion of the mark</param>
1333 <param name="repeat">Repeat type</param>
1335 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Calendar">
1337 The Calendar is a widget that helps applications to flexibly display a calender with day of the week, date, year and month.
1340 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1342 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Calendar class.
1344 <param name="parent">
1345 The EvasObject to which the new Calendar will be attached as a child.
1348 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Calendar.DateChanged">
1350 DateChanged will be triggered when the date in the calendar is changed.
1353 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Calendar.DisplayedMonthChanged">
1355 DisplayedMonthChanged will be triggered when the current month displayed in the calendar is changed.
1358 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Calendar.DateFormatDelegate">
1360 This delegate type is used to format the string that will be used to display month and year.
1362 <param name="time">DateTime</param>
1365 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.MinimumYear">
1367 Sets or gets the minimum for year.
1370 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.MaximumYear">
1372 Sets or gets the maximum for the year.
1375 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.DisplayedTime">
1377 Sets or gets the first day of week, who are used on Calendar.
1380 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.FirstDayOfWeek">
1382 Sets or gets the first day of week, who are used on Calendar.
1385 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "P:ElmSharp.Calendar.WeekDayNames" -->
1386 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.SelectedDate">
1388 Sets or gets the selected date.
1391 Selected date changes when the user goes to next/previous month or select a day pressing over it on calendar.
1394 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.Interval">
1396 Sets or gets the interval on time updates for an user mouse button
1397 hold on calendar widgets' month/year selection.
1400 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.SelectMode">
1402 Gets or sets the select day mode used.
1405 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.Selectable">
1407 Gets or sets fields of a datetime will be taken into account, when SelectedDate set is invoked.
1410 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.DateFormat">
1412 Gets or sets date format the string that will be used to display month and year.
1415 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.AddMark(System.String,System.DateTime,ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType)">
1417 Add a new mark to the calendar.
1419 <param name="type">A string used to define the type of mark. It will be emitted to the theme, that should display a related modification on these days representation.</param>
1420 <param name="date">A time struct to represent the date of inclusion of the mark. For marks that repeats it will just be displayed after the inclusion date in the calendar.</param>
1421 <param name="repeat">Repeat the event following this periodicity. Can be a unique mark (that don't repeat), daily, weekly, monthly or annually.</param>
1422 <returns>Item for a calendar mark.</returns>
1424 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.DeleteMark(ElmSharp.CalendarMark)">
1426 Delete mark from the calendar.
1428 <param name="mark">Item for a calendar mark</param>
1430 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.DrawMarks">
1432 Draw calendar marks.
1435 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.ClearMarks">
1437 Remove all calendar's marks.
1440 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Check">
1442 The check is a widget allows for toggling a value between true and false.
1445 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Check.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1447 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Check class.
1449 <param name="parent">
1450 The EvasObject to which the new Check will be attached as a child.
1453 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Check.StateChanged">
1455 StateChanged will be triggered when the IsChecked in the Check is changed.
1458 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Check.IsChecked">
1460 Sets or gets whether the given Check is checked or not.
1463 When object is checked, the value will set to true, Conversely will set to false.
1466 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CheckStateChangedEventArgs">
1468 It inherits System.EventArgs.
1469 The CheckStateChangedEventArgs is EventArgs to record Check's state.
1470 Include old state and new state.
1473 <member name="P:ElmSharp.CheckStateChangedEventArgs.OldState">
1475 Gets the OldState property.The return type is bool.
1478 <member name="P:ElmSharp.CheckStateChangedEventArgs.NewState">
1480 Gets the NewState property.The return type is bool.
1483 <member name="M:ElmSharp.CheckStateChangedEventArgs.#ctor(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
1485 Creates and initializes a new instance of the CheckStateChangedEventArgs class.
1487 <param name="oldState">Old state of Check which to use this CheckStateChangedEventArgs.</param>
1488 <param name="newState">New state of Check which to use this CheckStateChangedEventArgs.</param>
1490 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Color">
1492 The Color is a struct to record Check's state.
1495 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.Default">
1497 Gets a default Color instance.
1500 In default Color instance,Mode type is Default,RGBA all set as -1.
1503 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.IsDefault">
1505 Gets whether the Color instance's mode is default or not.
1506 Return type is bool.
1509 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.A">
1511 Gets A value of RGBA.
1512 A means the Alpha in color.
1515 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.R">
1517 Gets R value of RGBA.
1518 R means the Red in color.
1521 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.G">
1523 Gets G value of RGBA.
1524 G means the Green in color.
1527 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.B">
1529 Gets B value of RGBA.
1530 B means the Blue in color.
1533 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
1535 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Color class.
1536 With RGB parameters.
1538 <param name="r">Red of RGB</param>
1539 <param name="g">Green of RGB</param>
1540 <param name="b">Blue of RGB</param>
1542 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "M:ElmSharp.Color.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)" -->
1543 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Color,ElmSharp.Color)">
1545 Compare whether two Color instance is same or not.
1547 <param name="a">A Color instance.</param>
1548 <param name="b">A Color instance.</param>
1549 <returns>The result whether two instance is same or not.
1550 Return type is bool.If they are same, return true.
1553 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Color,ElmSharp.Color)">
1555 Compare whether two Color instance is different or not.
1557 <param name="a">A Color instance.</param>
1558 <param name="b">A Color instance.</param>
1559 <returns>The result whether two instance is different or not.
1560 Return type is bool.If they are different, return true.
1563 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.FromHex(System.String)">
1565 Gets a Color instance with a hexadecimal string parameter.
1567 <param name="hex">Hexadecimal string.</param>
1568 <returns>New instance of Color struct.</returns>
1570 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.FromUint(System.UInt32)">
1572 Gets a Color instance with a Unsigned integer parameter.
1574 <param name="argb">Unsigned integer indicates RGBA.</param>
1575 <returns>New instance of Color struct.</returns>
1577 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.FromRgba(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
1579 Gets a Color instance with R,G,B,A parameters.
1581 <param name="r">Red in RGBA.</param>
1582 <param name="g">Green in RGBA.</param>
1583 <param name="b">Blue in RGBA.</param>
1584 <param name="a">Alpha in RGBA.</param>
1585 <returns>New instance of Color struct.</returns>
1587 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.FromRgb(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
1589 Gets a Color instance with R,G,B,A parameters.
1591 <param name="r">Red in RGB.</param>
1592 <param name="g">Green in RGB.</param>
1593 <param name="b">Blue in RGB.</param>
1594 <returns>New instance of Color struct.</returns>
1596 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Transparent">
1598 The Tansparent is a predefined Color, it's rgba value is (0, 0, 0, 0).
1601 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Aqua">
1603 The Aqua is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 255, 255).
1606 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Black">
1608 The Black is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 0, 0).
1611 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Blue">
1613 The Blue is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 0, 255).
1616 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Fuchsia">
1618 The Fuchsia is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 0, 255).
1621 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Gray">
1623 The Gray is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (128, 128, 128).
1626 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Green">
1628 The Green is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 128, 0).
1631 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Lime">
1633 The Lime is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 255, 0).
1636 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Maroon">
1638 The Maroon is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (128, 0, 0).
1641 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Navy">
1643 The Navy is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 0, 128).
1646 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Olive">
1648 The Olive is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (128, 128, 0).
1651 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Orange">
1653 The Orange is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 165, 0).
1656 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Purple">
1658 The Purple is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (128, 0, 128).
1661 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Pink">
1663 The Pink is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 102, 255).
1666 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Red">
1668 The Red is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 0, 0).
1671 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Silver">
1673 The Silver is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (192, 192, 192).
1676 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Teal">
1678 The Teal is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 128, 128).
1681 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.White">
1683 The White is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 255, 255).
1686 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Yellow">
1688 The Yellow is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 255, 0).
1691 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorChangedEventArgs">
1693 It inherits System.EventArgs.
1694 Event ColorChanged of ColorSelector contain ColorChangedEventArgs as a parameter.
1695 Refer to <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ColorSelector"/>type.
1698 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorChangedEventArgs.OldColor">
1700 Gets old color in color changed event.
1703 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorChangedEventArgs.NewColor">
1705 Gets new color in color changed event.
1708 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorChangedEventArgs.#ctor(ElmSharp.Color,ElmSharp.Color)">
1710 Creates and initializes a new instance of the ColorChangedEventArgs class.
1712 <param name="oldColor">old color</param>
1713 <param name="newColor">new color</param>
1715 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode">
1717 Enumeration for mode of ColorSelector
1720 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Palette">
1722 Only color palette is displayed, default
1725 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Components">
1727 Only color selector is displayed
1730 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Both">
1732 Both Palette and selector is displayed
1735 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Picker">
1737 Only color picker is displayed
1740 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Plane">
1742 This mode is not supported. If you use this, nothing will be shown
1745 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.PallettePlane">
1747 This mode is not supported. If you use this, it will be shown same with Palette mode
1750 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.All">
1752 This mode is not supported. If you use this, it will be shown same with Palette mode
1755 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorSelector">
1757 The ColorSelector is a widget to set a series of colors.
1758 It also allows to load/save colors from/to config with a unique identifier.
1761 By default, the colors are loaded/saved from/to config using "default" identifier.
1762 The colors can be picked by user from the color set by clicking on individual
1763 color item on the palette or by selecting it from selector.
1766 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1768 Creates and initializes a new instance of the ColorSelector class.
1770 <param name="parent"></param>
1772 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.ColorChanged">
1774 ColorChanged will be triggered when the SelectedColor changed.
1777 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.SelectedColor">
1779 Gets or sets color of colorselector.
1782 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.Opacity">
1784 Gets Alpha of a default Color Class(Value is -1).
1787 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.Mode">
1789 Gets or sets Colorselector's mode.
1792 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.PaletteName">
1794 Get or set current palette's name.
1797 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.AddPaletteColor(ElmSharp.Color)">
1799 Adds a new color item to palette.
1801 <param name="color">Color item to add</param>
1802 <returns>A new color palette Item.</returns>
1804 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.ClearPalette">
1806 Clear the palette items.
1809 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorItem">
1811 A instance to the ColorSelector item added.
1814 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorItem.Color">
1816 Gets or sets the Palette item's color
1819 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "T:ElmSharp.Conformant" -->
1820 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Conformant.#ctor(ElmSharp.Window)">
1822 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Conformant class.
1824 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Conformant
1825 as a child.It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
1827 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Container">
1829 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Widget"/>.
1830 The Container is a abstract class.
1831 Other class inherits it to Elementary is about displaying
1832 its widgets in a nice layout.
1835 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Container.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1837 Creates and initializes a new instance of class which inherit from Container.
1839 <param name="parent">The parent is a given object which will be attached by Container
1840 as a child.It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
1842 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Container.BackgroundColor">
1844 Sets the background color of a given Container.
1847 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection">
1849 Enumeration of ContextPopup direction type.
1852 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Down">
1854 ContextPopup show appear below clicked area
1857 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Right">
1859 ContextPopup show appear to the right of the clicked area
1862 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Left">
1864 ContextPopup show appear to the left of the clicked area
1867 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Up">
1869 ContextPopup show appear above the clicked area
1872 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Unknown">
1874 ContextPopup does not determine it's direction yet
1877 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ContextPopup">
1879 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
1880 The ContextPopup is a widget that when it shown, pops up a list of items.
1883 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1885 Creates and initializes a new instance of the ContextPopup class.
1887 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by ContextPopup
1888 as a child.It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
1890 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Dismissed">
1892 Dismissed is raised when the ContextPopup item is dismissed.
1895 Outside of ContextPopup was clicked or it's parent area is changed or the language is changed. and then ContextPopup is dismissed.
1898 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Direction">
1900 Gets the current direction of a ContextPopup.
1903 Once the ContextPopup showed up, the direction would be determined.
1906 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.IsHorizontal">
1908 Gets or sets the value of current ContextPopup object's orientation.
1909 True for horizontal mode, False for vertical mode (or errors)
1912 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.AutoHide">
1914 Gets or sets whether ContextPopup hide automatically
1915 or not when parent of ContextPopup is resized.
1918 Default value of AutoHide is False.
1921 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Clear">
1923 Clears all items in the given ContextPopup object.
1926 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.SetDirectionPriorty(ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection)">
1928 Sets the direction priority of a ContextPopup.
1930 <param name="first">1st priority of direction </param>
1931 <param name="second">2nd priority of direction </param>
1932 <param name="third">3th priority of direction </param>
1933 <param name="fourth">4th priority of direction</param>
1935 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.GetDirectionPriority(ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection@,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection@,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection@,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection@)">
1937 Gets the direction priority of a ContextPopup.
1939 <param name="first">1st priority of direction to be returned</param>
1940 <param name="second">2nd priority of direction to be returned</param>
1941 <param name="third">2nd priority of direction to be returned </param>
1942 <param name="fourth">4th priority of direction to be returned</param>
1944 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Append(System.String)">
1946 Adds a new item to a ContextPopup object with label.
1948 <param name="label">The Label of the new item</param>
1950 A ContextPopupItem added or NULL, on errors
1953 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Append(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
1955 Adds a new item to a ContextPopup object with label and icon.
1957 <param name="label">The Label of the new item</param>
1958 <param name="icon">Icon to be set on new item</param>
1959 <returns>A ContextPopupItem added or NULL, on errors</returns>
1961 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Dismiss">
1963 Dismiss a ContextPopup object. The ContextPopup will be hidden and the "clicked" signal will be emitted.
1966 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.IsAvailableDirection(ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection)">
1968 Gets the possibility that the direction would be available
1970 <param name="direction">A direction user wants to check</param>
1972 Get false if you cannot put it in the direction. Gets true if it's possible.
1975 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Opacity">
1977 Gets Alpha of a default Color Class.
1980 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ContextPopupItem">
1982 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject"/>.
1983 A instance to the ContextPopup item added.
1986 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopupItem.Text">
1988 Gets the Text property of the given ContextPopupItem.
1991 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopupItem.Icon">
1993 Gets the Icon(type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/>) property of the given ContextPopupItem.
1996 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ContextPopupItem.Selected">
1998 Selected will be triggered when the ContextPopupItem is Selected.
2001 <member name="T:ElmSharp.DateChangedEventArgs">
2003 It inherits System.EventArgs.
2004 The DateChanged event in Calendar and DateTimeChanged event in DateTimeSelector.
2005 contain DateChangedEventArgs as a parameter.
2008 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateChangedEventArgs.OldDate">
2010 Gets the OldDate property of the given DateChangedEventArgs.
2013 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateChangedEventArgs.NewDate">
2015 Gets the NewDate property of the given DateChangedEventArgs.
2018 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateChangedEventArgs.#ctor(System.DateTime,System.DateTime)">
2020 Creates and initializes a new instance of the DateChangedEventArgs class.
2022 <param name="oldDate">
2023 Old date when DateChanged event or DateTimeChanged event triggered
2025 <param name="newDate">
2026 New date when DateChanged event or DateTimeChanged event triggered
2029 <member name="T:ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType">
2031 Enumeration of datetime field types for DateTimeSelector.
2034 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "T:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector" -->
2035 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
2037 Creates and initializes a new instance of the DateTimeSelector class.
2039 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by DateTimeSelector
2040 as a child.It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
2042 <member name="E:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.DateTimeChanged">
2044 ItemSelected is raised when Datetime field value changed.
2047 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.Format">
2049 Gets or sets the datetime format.
2052 format is a combination of allowed LIBC date format specifiers like: "%b %d, %Y %I : %M %p".
2055 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.MaximumDateTime">
2057 Gets or sets the upper boundary of DateTime field.
2060 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.MinimumDateTime">
2062 Gets or sets the lower boundary of DateTime field.
2065 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.DateTime">
2067 Gets or sets the current value of DateTime field.
2070 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.IsFieldVisible(ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType)">
2072 Gets whether a field can be visible.
2074 <param name="type">Enumeration <see cref="T:ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType"/></param>
2076 The field is visible or not.
2077 Type is bool.If visible, return true.
2080 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.SetFieldLimit(ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
2082 Sets the field limits of a field.
2084 <param name="type">Enumeration <see cref="T:ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType"/></param>
2085 <param name="minimum">minimum limit</param>
2086 <param name="maximum">maximum limit</param>
2088 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.SetFieldVisible(ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType,System.Boolean)">
2090 Gets whether a field can be visible.
2092 <param name="type">Enumeration <see cref="T:ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType"/></param>
2093 <param name="visible">When set as true, the field type visible.</param>
2095 <member name="T:ElmSharp.DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs">
2097 It inherits System.EventArgs.
2098 The DisplayedMonthChangedEvent in Calendar contain
2099 DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs as a parameter.
2102 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.OldMonth">
2104 Gets the OldMonth property of the given DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.
2107 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.NewMonth">
2109 Gets the NewMonth property of the given DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.
2112 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
2114 Creates and initializes a new instance of the DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs class.
2116 <param name="oldMonth">
2117 old month of date when DisplayedMonthChangedEvent triggered.
2119 <param name="newMonth">
2120 new month of date when DisplayedMonthChangedEvent triggered.
2123 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreAnimator">
2125 EcoreAnimator is a helper class, it provides functions to manager animations.
2128 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreAnimator.GetCurrentTime">
2130 Gets current system time as a floating point value in seconds.
2132 <returns>Current system time</returns>
2134 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreAnimator.AddAnimator(System.Func{System.Boolean})">
2136 Adds an animator to call <paramref name="handler"/> at every animation tick during main loop execution.
2138 <param name="handler">The function to call when it ticks off</param>
2139 <returns>A handle to the new animator</returns>
2141 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreAnimator.RemoveAnimator(System.IntPtr)">
2143 Removes the specified animator from the animator list.
2145 <param name="anim">The specified animator handle</param>
2147 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType">
2149 The EcoreEventType is type of EcoreEvent.
2150 It includes some predefined instance.
2153 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.KeyDown">
2155 Key down Ecore event type.
2158 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.KeyUp">
2160 Key Up Ecore event type.
2163 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseButtonDown">
2165 Mouse Button Down Ecore event type.
2168 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseButtonUp">
2170 Mouse Button Up Ecore event type.
2173 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseButtonCancel">
2175 Mouse Button Cancel Ecore event type.
2178 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseMove">
2180 Mouse Move Ecore event type.
2183 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseWheel">
2185 Mouse Wheel Ecore event type.
2188 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseIn">
2190 Mouse In Ecore event type.
2193 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseOut">
2195 Mouse Out Ecore event type.
2198 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.GetValue">
2200 Gets the value associated with the specified type.
2202 <returns>The value of type.</returns>
2204 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent`1">
2206 The EcoreEvent is a class to help to create events are being notified of events.
2208 <typeparam name="TEventArgs">Kinds of EventArgs</typeparam>
2210 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EcoreEventType)">
2212 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EcoreEvent class.
2214 <param name="type">EcoreEventType</param>
2216 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EcoreEventType,ElmSharp.EcoreEvent{`0}.EventInfoParser)">
2218 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EcoreEvent class.
2220 <param name="type">EcoreEventType</param>
2221 <param name="parser">EventInfoParser</param>
2223 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent`1.On">
2225 On Event Handler of EcoreEvent.
2228 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent">
2230 Event class for EcoreEvent
2233 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent.#ctor(ElmSharp.EcoreEventType)">
2235 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EcoreEvent class.
2237 <param name="type">EcoreEventType</param>
2239 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreKeyEventArgs">
2241 It inherits System.EventArgs.
2242 The EcoreKeyEventArgs is a EventArgs to record Ecore event's key name and key code.
2245 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EcoreKeyEventArgs.KeyName">
2247 Gets the KeyName property.The return type is string.
2250 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EcoreKeyEventArgs.KeyCode">
2252 Gets the KeyCode property.The return type is int.
2255 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreKeyEventArgs.Create(System.IntPtr,ElmSharp.EcoreEventType,System.IntPtr)">
2257 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EcoreKeyEventArgs class.
2259 <param name="data">data</param>
2260 <param name="type">type</param>
2261 <param name="info">information </param>
2262 <returns>new instance of the EcoreKeyEventArgs class</returns>
2264 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop">
2266 EcoreMainloop is a helper class, it provide functions relative Ecore's main loop.
2269 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.IsMainThread">
2271 Checks if you are calling this function from the main thread.
2273 <remarks>True is the calling function is the same thread, false otherwise.</remarks>
2275 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.Begin">
2277 Runs the application main loop.
2280 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.Quit">
2282 Quits the main loop once all the events currently on the queue have been processed.
2285 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.Post(System.Action)">
2287 Adds an idler handler.
2289 <param name="task">The action to call when idling</param>
2291 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.PostAndWakeUp(System.Action)">
2293 Calls callback asynchronously in the main loop.
2295 <param name="task">The action wanted to be called</param>
2297 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.Send(System.Action)">
2299 Calls callback synchronously in the main loop.
2301 <param name="task">The action wanted to be called</param>
2303 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.AddTimer(System.Double,System.Func{System.Boolean})">
2305 Creates a timer to call the given function in the given period of time.
2307 <param name="interval">The interval in seconds.</param>
2308 <param name="handler">The given function.</param>
2309 <returns>A timer object handler on success, NULL on failure.</returns>
2311 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.RemoveTimer(System.IntPtr)">
2313 Removes the specified timer from the timer list.
2315 <param name="id">The specified timer handler</param>
2317 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext">
2319 Provides a synchronization context for the efl application.
2322 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext.#ctor">
2324 Initializes a new instance of the EcoreSynchronizationContext class.
2327 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext.Initialize">
2329 Initilizes a new EcoreSynchronizationContext and install into current thread
2334 SetSynchronizationContext(new EcoreSynchronizationContext());
2338 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext.Post(System.Threading.SendOrPostCallback,System.Object)">
2340 Dispatches an asynchronous message to a Ecore main loop.
2342 <param name="d"><see cref="T:System.Threading.SendOrPostCallback"/>The SendOrPostCallback delegate to call.</param>
2343 <param name="state"><see cref="T:System.Object"/>The object passed to the delegate.</param>
2344 <remarks>The Post method starts an asynchronous request to post a message.</remarks>
2346 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext.Send(System.Threading.SendOrPostCallback,System.Object)">
2348 Dispatches a synchronous message to a Ecore main loop
2350 <param name="d"><see cref="T:System.Threading.SendOrPostCallback"/>The SendOrPostCallback delegate to call.</param>
2351 <param name="state"><see cref="T:System.Object"/>The object passed to the delegate.</param>
2353 The Send method starts a synchronous request to send a message.</remarks>
2355 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EdjeObject">
2357 The EdjeObject is a class that evas object exist in
2360 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.Item(System.String)">
2362 Checks whether an edje part exists in a given edje object's group definition.
2363 This function returns if a given part exists in the edje group bound to object obj
2365 <remarks>This call is useful, for example, when one could expect a given GUI element, depending on the theme applied to obj.</remarks>
2366 <param name="part">The part's name to check for existence in obj's group</param>
2367 <returns>TRUE, if the edje part exists in obj's group, otherwise FALSE</returns>
2369 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.EmitSignal(System.String,System.String)">
2371 Sends/emits an edje signal to a given edje object.
2373 <param name="emission">The signal's "emission" string</param>
2374 <param name="source">The signal's "source" string</param>
2376 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.DeleteColorClass(System.String)">
2378 Deletes the object color class.
2379 This function deletes any values at the object level for the specified object and color class.
2381 <remarks>Deleting the color class defined in the theme file.</remarks>
2382 <param name="part">The color class to be deleted</param>
2384 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.SetColorClass(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
2386 Sets the object color class.
2388 <param name="colorClass">The color class name.</param>
2389 <param name="red">The object Red value.</param>
2390 <param name="green">The object Green value.</param>
2391 <param name="blue">The object Blue value.</param>
2392 <param name="alpha">The object Alpha value.</param>
2393 <param name="outlineRed">The outline Red value.</param>
2394 <param name="outlineGreen">The outline Green value.</param>
2395 <param name="outlineBlue">The outline Blue value.</param>
2396 <param name="outlineAlpha">The outline Alpha value.</param>
2397 <param name="shadowRed">The shadow Red value.</param>
2398 <param name="shadowGreen">The shadow Green value.</param>
2399 <param name="shadowBlue">The shadow Blue value.</param>
2400 <param name="shadowAlpha">The shadow Alpha value.</param>
2401 <returns>True if succeed, otherwise False</returns>
2403 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.GetColorClass(System.String,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
2405 Gets the object color class.
2407 <param name="colorClass">The color class name.</param>
2408 <param name="red">The object Red value.</param>
2409 <param name="green">The object Green value.</param>
2410 <param name="blue">The object Blue value.</param>
2411 <param name="alpha">The object Alpha value.</param>
2412 <param name="outlineRed">The outline Red value.</param>
2413 <param name="outlineGreen">The outline Green value.</param>
2414 <param name="outlineBlue">The outline Blue value.</param>
2415 <param name="outlineAlpha">The outline Alpha value.</param>
2416 <param name="shadowRed">The shadow Red value.</param>
2417 <param name="shadowGreen">The shadow Green value.</param>
2418 <param name="shadowBlue">The shadow Blue value.</param>
2419 <param name="shadowAlpha">The shadow Alpha value.</param>
2420 <returns>True if succeed, otherwise False</returns>
2422 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.SetTextClass(System.String,System.String,System.Int32)">
2424 Sets Edje text class.
2426 <param name="textClass">The text class name.</param>
2427 <param name="font"> Font name.</param>
2428 <param name="fontSize">Font size.</param>
2429 <returns>True if succeed, otherwise False</returns>
2431 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.GetTextClass(System.String,System.String@,System.Int32@)">
2433 Gets Edje text class.
2435 <param name="textClass">The text class name.</param>
2436 <param name="font">Font name.</param>
2437 <param name="fontSize">Font size.</param>
2438 <returns>True if succeed, otherwise False</returns>
2440 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.AddSignalAction(System.String,System.String,System.Action{System.String,System.String})">
2442 Adds Action for an arriving edje signal, emitted by a given Ejde object.
2444 <param name="emission">The signal's "emission" string</param>
2445 <param name="source">The signal's "source" string</param>
2446 <param name="action">The action to be executed when the signal is emitted</param>
2448 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.DeleteSignalAction(System.String,System.String,System.Action{System.String,System.String})">
2450 Deletes a signal-triggered action from an object.
2452 <param name="emission">The signal's "emission" string</param>
2453 <param name="source">The signal's "source" string</param>
2454 <param name="action">The action to be executed when the signal is emitted</param>
2456 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject">
2458 An EdjeTextPartObject is a class dealing with parts of type text.
2461 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.Name">
2463 Gets the name of the EdjeTextPartObject
2466 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.Text">
2468 Gets or sets the text for an object part.
2471 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.TextStyle">
2473 Sets or gets the style of the object part.
2476 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.Geometry">
2478 Gets the geometry of a given edje part, in a given edje object's group definition, relative to the object's area.
2481 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.TextBlockNativeSize">
2483 Gets the native width and height.
2486 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.TextBlockFormattedSize">
2488 Gets the formatted width and height.
2491 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EffectBase">
2493 EffectBase class for the TransitEffect
2496 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EffectBase.EffectEnded">
2498 EffectEneded event will be triggered when be effect ended.
2501 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FocusAutoScrollMode">
2503 Focus Autoscroll Mode
2506 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusAutoScrollMode.Show">
2508 Directly show the focused region or item automatically
2511 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusAutoScrollMode.None">
2513 Do not show the focused region or item automatically
2516 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusAutoScrollMode.BringIn">
2518 Bring in the focused region or item automatically which might invole the scrolling
2521 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Elementary">
2523 The Elementary is a General Elementary,a VERY SIMPLE toolkit.
2526 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.FingerSize">
2528 Gets or sets the configured finger size.
2531 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.IsFocusHighlightAnimation">
2533 Gets or sets the enable status of the focus highlight animation
2536 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.IsMirrored">
2538 Gets or sets the system mirrored mode.
2539 This determines the default mirrored mode of widgets.
2542 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.CanFocusHighlight">
2544 Gets or sets the enable status of the focus highlight.
2547 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.AppBaseScale">
2549 Gets or sets the base scale of the application.
2552 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.Scale">
2554 Gets or sets the global scaling factor.
2557 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.BringInScrollFriction">
2559 Gets or sets the amount of inertia a scroller imposes during region bring animations.
2562 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.FocusAutoScrollMode">
2564 Gets of sets focus auto scroll mode.
2567 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.Initialize">
2569 Initializes Elementary.
2572 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.Shutdown">
2574 Shuts down Elementary.
2577 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.Run">
2579 Runs Elementary's main loop.
2582 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.AddThemeOverlay(System.String)">
2584 Prepends a theme overlay to the list of overlays
2586 <param name="filePath">The Edje file path to be used.</param>
2588 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.DeleteThemeOverlay(System.String)">
2590 Delete a theme overlay from the list of overlays
2592 <param name="filePath">The name of the theme overlay.</param>
2594 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FreeTheme">
2599 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.SetTheme(System.String)">
2601 Set the theme search order for the given theme
2603 <param name="theme">Theme search string</param>
2604 <remarks>This sets the search string for the theme in path-notation from first theme to search, to last, delimited by the : character. Example:"shiny:/path/to/file.edj:default"</remarks>
2606 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FlushTheme">
2608 Flush the current theme.
2611 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FlushAllThemes">
2613 This flushes all themes (default and specific ones).
2616 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.DeleteThemeExtention(System.String)">
2618 Deletes a theme extension from the list of extensions.
2620 <param name="item">The name of the theme extension.</param>
2622 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FlushAllCashe">
2625 Frees all data that was in cache and is not currently being used to reduce memory usage. This frees Edje's, Evas' and Eet's cache.
2628 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.SetLanguage(System.String)">
2630 Changes the language of the current application.
2632 <param name="language">The language to set, must be the full name of the locale.</param>
2634 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.SetPolicy(System.UInt32,System.Int32)">
2636 Sets a new policy's value (for a given policy group/identifier).
2638 <param name="policy">The policy identifier</param>
2639 <param name="value">The policy value, which depends on the identifier</param>
2642 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.ReloadConfig">
2644 Reloads Elementary's configuration, bounded to the current selected profile.
2647 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FlushAllConfig">
2649 Flushes all config settings and then applies those settings to all applications using elementary on the current display.
2652 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ElmScrollConfig">
2654 The ElmScrollConfig is a scrollable views's config
2657 <member name="T:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout">
2659 Enumeration for describing InputPanel layout type.
2662 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Normal">
2664 InputPanel layout type default.
2667 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Number">
2669 InputPanel layout type number.
2672 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Email">
2674 InputPanel layout type email.
2677 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Url">
2679 InputPanel layout type url.
2682 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.PhoneNumber">
2684 InputPanel layout type phone.
2687 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Ip">
2689 InputPanel layout type ip.
2692 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Month">
2694 InputPanel layout type month.
2697 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.NumberOnly">
2699 InputPanel layout type number.
2702 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Invalid">
2704 InputPanel layout type error type. Do not use it directly!
2707 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Hex">
2709 InputPanel layout type hexadecimal.
2712 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Terminal">
2714 InputPanel layout type terminal type, esc, alt, ctrl, etc.
2717 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Password">
2719 InputPanel layout type password.
2722 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.DateTime">
2724 Keyboard layout type date and time.
2727 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Emoticon">
2729 InputPanel layout type emoticons.
2732 <member name="T:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType">
2734 Enumeration that defines the "Return" key types on the input panel (virtual keyboard).
2737 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Default">
2742 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Done">
2747 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Go">
2752 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Join">
2757 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Login">
2762 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Next">
2767 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Search">
2769 Search string or magnifier icon key type
2772 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Send">
2777 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Signin">
2782 <member name="T:ElmSharp.AutoCapital">
2784 Enumeration that defines the autocapitalization types.
2787 <member name="F:ElmSharp.AutoCapital.None">
2789 No autocapitalization when typing
2792 <member name="F:ElmSharp.AutoCapital.Word">
2794 Autocapitalize each typed word
2797 <member name="F:ElmSharp.AutoCapital.Sentence">
2799 Autocapitalize the start of each sentence
2802 <member name="F:ElmSharp.AutoCapital.All">
2804 Autocapitalize all letters
2807 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "T:ElmSharp.CopyAndPasteMode" -->
2808 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "F:ElmSharp.CopyAndPasteMode.Markup" -->
2809 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "F:ElmSharp.CopyAndPasteMode.NoImage" -->
2810 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "F:ElmSharp.CopyAndPasteMode.PlainText" -->
2811 <member name="T:ElmSharp.TextFormat">
2813 Enumeration that defines the text format types.
2816 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TextFormat.Plain">
2821 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TextFormat.Markup">
2826 <member name="T:ElmSharp.InputHints">
2828 Enumeration that defines the types of Input Hints.
2831 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputHints.None">
2836 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputHints.AutoComplete">
2838 suggest word auto completion
2841 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputHints.SensitiveData">
2843 typed text should not be stored.
2846 <member name="T:ElmSharp.InputPanelLanguage">
2848 Enumeration that defines the input panel (virtual keyboard) language modes.
2851 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLanguage.Automatic">
2853 Automatic language mode
2856 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLanguage.Alphabet">
2858 Alphabet language mode
2861 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Entry">
2863 The entry is a convenience widget that shows a box in which the user can enter text.
2866 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
2868 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Entry class.
2870 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Entry will be attached as a child.</param>
2872 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Entry.Activated">
2874 Activated will be triggered when the entry in Activated stated.
2877 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Entry.Clicked">
2879 Clicked will be triggered when the entry is clicked.
2882 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Entry.ChangedByUser">
2884 ChangedByUser will be triggered when the entry changed by user.
2887 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Entry.CursorChanged">
2889 CursorChanged will be triggered when the Cursor in the entry is changed.
2892 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsSingleLine">
2894 Sets or gets the entry to the single line mode.
2897 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsPassword">
2899 Sets or gets the entry to the password mode.
2902 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsEditable">
2904 Sets or gets whether the entry is editable.
2907 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsEmpty">
2909 Sets or gets whether the entry is empty.
2912 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.Text">
2914 Sets or gets text currently shown in the object entry.
2917 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.TextStyle">
2919 Sets or gets the style on the top of the user style stack.
2921 <remarks>If there is styles in the user style stack, the properties in the top style of user style stack will replace the properties in current theme. The input style is specified in format tag='property=value' (i.e. DEFAULT='font=Sans font_size=60'hilight=' + font_weight=Bold').</remarks>
2923 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.CursorPosition">
2925 Sets or gets the current position of the cursor in the entry.
2928 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.Scrollable">
2930 Sets or gets the scrollable state of the entry.
2933 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.AutoCapital">
2935 Sets or Gets the autocapitalization type on the immodule.
2938 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsAutoSave">
2940 Sets or Gets the entry object's 'autosave' status.
2943 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.CopyAndPasteMode">
2945 Sets or Gets entry text paste/drop mode.
2948 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.CursorGeometry">
2950 Gets the geometry of the cursor.
2953 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsCursorFormat">
2955 Gets whether a format node exists at the current cursor position.
2958 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsCursorVisibelFormat">
2960 Gets if the current cursor position holds a visible format node.
2963 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputHint">
2965 Sets or Gets the value of input hint.
2968 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputPanelLanguage">
2970 Sets or gets the language mode of the input panel.
2973 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputPanelVariation">
2975 Sets or gets the input panel layout variation of the entry.
2978 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.LineWrapType">
2980 Sets or gets the line wrap type to use on multi-line entries.
2983 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.PredictionAllowed">
2985 Sets or gets whether the entry should allow to use the text prediction.
2988 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputPanelReturnKeyDisabled">
2990 Sets or gets whether the return key on the input panel should be disabled or not.
2993 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputPanelShowByOnDemand">
2995 Sets or gets the attribute to show the input panel in case of only an user's explicit Mouse Up event.
2996 It doesn't request to show the input panel even though it has focus.
2997 If true, the input panel will be shown in case of only Mouse up event. (Focus event will be ignored.)
3000 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetFile(System.String,ElmSharp.TextFormat)">
3002 Sets the file (and implicitly loads it) for the text to display and then edit.
3004 <param name="file">The path to the file to load and save</param>
3005 <param name="textFormat">The file format</param>
3007 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.ConvertMarkupToUtf8(System.String)">
3009 Converts a markup (HTML-like) string into UTF-8.
3011 <param name="markup">The string (in markup) to be converted</param>
3012 <returns>The converted string (in UTF-8) </returns>
3014 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorNext">
3016 Moves the cursor by one position to the right within the entry.
3020 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorPrev">
3022 Moves the cursor one place to the left within the entry.
3024 <returns>TRUE on success, otherwise FALSE on failure</returns>
3026 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorUp">
3028 Moves the cursor one line up within the entry.
3030 <returns>TRUE on success, otherwise FALSE on failure</returns>
3032 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorDown">
3034 Moves the cursor one line down within the entry.
3036 <returns>TRUE on success, otherwise FALSE on failure</returns>
3038 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorBegin">
3040 Moves the cursor to the beginning of the entry.
3043 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorEnd">
3045 Moves the cursor to the end of the entry.
3048 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorLineBegin">
3050 Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
3053 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorLineEnd">
3055 Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.
3058 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetInputPanelLayout(ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout)">
3060 Sets the input panel layout of the entry.
3062 <param name="layout">The layout type</param>
3064 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetInputPanelEnabled(System.Boolean)">
3066 Sets the attribute to show the input panel automatically.
3068 <param name="enabled">If true the input panel appears when the entry is clicked or has focus, otherwise false</param>
3070 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetInputPanelReturnKeyType(ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType)">
3072 Sets the "return" key type. This type is used to set the string or icon on the "return" key of the input panel.
3074 <param name="keyType">The type of "return" key on the input panel</param>
3076 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.HideInputPanel">
3078 Hides the input panel (virtual keyboard).
3081 Note that the input panel is shown or hidden automatically according to the focus state of the entry widget.
3082 This API can be used in case of manually controlling by using SetInputPanelEnabled(false).
3085 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SelectAll">
3087 Selects all the text within the entry.
3090 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SelectNone">
3092 Drops any existing text selection within the entry.
3095 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.ForceCalculation">
3097 Forces calculation of the entry size and text layouting.
3100 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.GetCursorContent">
3102 Gets the string by the cursor at its current position.
3106 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.BeginCursorSelection">
3108 Begins a selection within the entry as though the user were holding down the mouse button to make a selection.
3111 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.AppendText(System.String)">
3113 Appends the text of the entry.
3115 <param name="text">The text to be displayed</param>
3117 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.InsertTextToCursor(System.String)">
3119 Inserts the given text into the entry at the current cursor position.
3121 <param name="text"></param>
3123 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.EndCursorSelection">
3125 Ends a selection within the entry as though the user had just released the mouse button while making a selection.
3128 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SaveFile">
3130 Writes any changes made to the file that is set by File.
3133 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.ShowInputPanel">
3135 Show the input panel (virtual keyboard) based on the input panel property of entry such as layout, autocapital types, and so on.
3138 Note that input panel is shown or hidden automatically according to the focus state of entry widget.
3139 This API can be used in the case of manually controlling by using SetInputPanelEnabled(false).
3142 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.AppendItemProvider(System.Func{System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject})">
3144 This appends a custom item provider to the list for that entry.
3146 <param name="func">This function is used to provide items.</param>
3148 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.PrependItemProvider(System.Func{System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject})">
3150 This prepends a custom item provider to the list for that entry.
3152 <param name="func">This function is used to provide items.</param>
3154 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.RemoveItemProvider(System.Func{System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject})">
3156 This removes a custom item provider to the list for that entry.
3158 <param name="func">This function is used to provide items.</param>
3160 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.AppendMarkUpFilter(System.Func{ElmSharp.Entry,System.String,System.String})">
3162 Append a markup filter function for text inserted in the entry.
3164 <param name="filter">This function type is used by entry filters to modify text.</param>
3166 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.PrependMarkUpFilter(System.Func{ElmSharp.Entry,System.String,System.String})">
3168 Prepend a markup filter function for text inserted in the entry.
3170 <param name="filter">This function type is used by entry filters to modify text.</param>
3172 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.RemoveMarkUpFilter(System.Func{ElmSharp.Entry,System.String,System.String})">
3174 Remove a markup filter
3176 <param name="filter">This function type is used by entry filters to modify text.</param>
3178 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.CopySelection">
3180 This executes a "copy" action on the selected text in the entry.
3183 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.CutSelection">
3185 This executes a "cut" action on the selected text in the entry.
3188 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.PasteSelection">
3190 This executes a "paste" action in the entry.
3193 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.DisableSelection(System.Boolean)">
3195 This disabled the entry's selection.
3197 <param name="disable">If true, the selection are disabled.</param>
3199 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.GetSelection">
3201 Get any selected text within the entry.
3203 <returns>Selection's value</returns>
3205 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetSelectionRegion(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
3207 This selects a region of text within the entry.
3209 <param name="start">The starting position.</param>
3210 <param name="end">The end position.</param>
3212 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetIconVisible(System.Boolean)">
3214 Sets the visibility of the left-side widget of the entry
3216 <param name="isDisplay">true if the object should be displayed, false if not.</param>
3218 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetInputPanelReturnKeyAutoEnable(System.Boolean)">
3220 Set whether the return key on the input panel is disabled automatically when entry has no text.
3222 <param name="enable">If enabled is true, the return key is automatically disabled when the entry has no text.</param>
3224 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas">
3226 Low level Evas canvas functions. Sub groups will present more high level ones, though.
3227 Most of these functions deal with low level Evas actions, like:
3228 create/destroy raw canvases, not bound to any displaying engine
3229 tell a canvas i got focused(in a windowing context, for example)
3230 tell a canvas a region should not be calculated anymore in rendering
3231 tell a canvas to render its contents, immediately
3232 Most users will be using Evas by means of the Ecore_Evas wrapper, which deals with all the above mentioned issues automatically for them.Thus, you'll be looking at this section only if you're building low level stuff.
3233 The groups within present you functions that deal with the canvas directly, too, and not yet with its objects.They are the functions you need to use at a minimum to get a working canvas.
3236 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.Pointer">
3238 Gets the current known default pointer coordinates.
3239 This function returns the current known canvas unit coordinates of the mouse pointer.
3242 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.ImageCacheSize">
3244 Gets or sets the image cache.
3245 This function returns the image cache size of canvas in bytes.
3248 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.FlushImageCache">
3250 Flush the image cache of the canvas.
3253 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.AddDamageRectangle(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
3255 Add a damage rectangle.
3257 <param name="x">The rectangle's top left corner's horizontal coordinate.</param>
3258 <param name="y">The rectangle's top left corner's vertical coordinate.</param>
3259 <param name="width">The rectangle's width.</param>
3260 <param name="height">The rectangle's height.</param>
3262 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.AddObscuredRectangle(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
3264 Add an "obscured region" to an Evas canvas.
3266 <param name="x">The rectangle's top left corner's horizontal coordinate.</param>
3267 <param name="y">The rectangle's top left corner's vertical coordinate.</param>
3268 <param name="width">The rectangle's width.</param>
3269 <param name="height">The rectangle's height.</param>
3271 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.ClearObscuredRectangle">
3273 Remove all "obscured regions" from an Evas canvas.
3276 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.AddEventAction(ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType,System.Action)">
3278 Adds or registers a event to a given canvas event.
3280 <param name="type">The type of event that triggers</param>
3281 <param name="action">The action to be called when the event is triggered</param>
3283 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.DeleteEventAction(ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType,System.Action)">
3285 Deletes a event to a given canvas event.
3287 <param name="type">The type of event that triggers</param>
3288 <param name="action">The action to be called when the event is triggered</param>
3290 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs">
3292 The EvasKeyEventArgs is an EvasKey EventArgs
3295 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.PlatformBackButtonName">
3297 BackButton name in Platform
3300 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.PlatformMenuButtonName">
3302 MenuButton name in Platform
3305 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.PlatformHomeButtonName">
3307 HomeButton name in Platform
3310 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.KeyName">
3312 Gets the name of Key
3315 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.Create(System.IntPtr,System.IntPtr,System.IntPtr)">
3317 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasKeyEventArgs class.
3319 <param name="data">data info</param>
3320 <param name="obj"> object </param>
3321 <param name="info">information </param>
3322 <returns>EvasKey eventArgs</returns>
3324 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown">
3326 Event structure for Key Down event callbacks.
3329 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.keyname">
3331 Name string of the key pressed
3334 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.data">
3336 Data to be passed to the event
3339 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.modifiers">
3341 Modifier keys pressed during the event
3344 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.locks">
3349 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.key">
3351 Logical key: (example, shift+1 == exclamation)
3354 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.str">
3356 UTF8 string if this keystroke has produced a visible string to be ADDED
3359 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.compose">
3361 UTF8 string if this keystroke has modified a string in the middle of being composed - this string replaces the previous one
3364 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.event_flags">
3369 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.dev">
3374 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.keycode">
3379 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasEventFlag">
3384 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasEventFlag.None">
3389 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasEventFlag.OnHold">
3391 This event is being delivered but should be put "on hold" until the on hold flag is unset. the event should be used for informational purposes and maybe some indications visually, but not actually perform anything
3394 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasMap">
3396 The EvasMap is an opaque handle to map points.
3399 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.#ctor(System.Int32)">
3401 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasMap class.
3403 <param name="count">The number of points in the map</param>
3405 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasMap.IsMoveSync">
3407 Gets or sets the flag of the object move synchronization for map rendering.
3410 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.PopulatePoints(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Int32)">
3412 Populates source and destination map points to exactly match the object.
3414 <param name="obj">The object to use unmapped geometry to populate map coordinates</param>
3416 The point Z coordinate hint (pre-perspective transform)This value is used for all four points.
3419 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.PopulatePoints(ElmSharp.Rect,System.Int32)">
3421 Populates the source and destination map points to match the given geometry.
3423 <param name="geometry">The geometry value contains X coordinate,Y coordinate,the width and height to use to calculate second and third points</param>
3424 <param name="z">The Z coordinate hint (pre-perspective transform) This value is used for all four points.</param>
3426 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.Rotate3D(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
3428 Rotates the map around 3 axes in 3D.
3430 <param name="dx">The amount of degrees from 0.0 to 360.0 to rotate around X axis</param>
3431 <param name="dy">The amount of degrees from 0.0 to 360.0 to rotate around Y axis</param>
3432 <param name="dz">The amount of degrees from 0.0 to 360.0 to rotate around Z axis</param>
3433 <param name="cx">The rotation's center horizontal position</param>
3434 <param name="cy">The rotation's center vertical position</param>
3435 <param name="cz">The rotation's center vertical position</param>
3437 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.SetPointCoordinate(System.Int32,ElmSharp.Point3D)">
3439 Changes the map point's coordinate.
3441 <param name="idx">The index of point to change ,this must be smaller than map size.</param>
3442 <param name="point">3D Point coordinate</param>
3444 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.GetPointCoordinate(System.Int32)">
3446 Gets the map point's coordinate.
3448 <param name="idx">The index of point to change ,this must be smaller than map size.</param>
3449 <returns>The coordinates of the given point in the map.</returns>
3451 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.Zoom(System.Double,System.Double,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
3453 Changes the map to apply the given zooming.
3455 <param name="x">The horizontal zoom to use</param>
3456 <param name="y">The vertical zoom to use</param>
3457 <param name="cx">The zooming center horizontal position</param>
3458 <param name="cy">The zooming center vertical position</param>
3460 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject">
3462 The EcasObject is a base class for other widget class
3465 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
3467 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObject class with parent EvasObject class parameter.
3469 <param name="parent">Parent EvasObject class </param>
3471 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.#ctor">
3473 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObject class.
3476 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Deleted">
3478 Deleted will be triggered when widght is deleted
3481 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.KeyUp">
3483 KeyUp will be triggered when key is loose
3486 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.KeyDown">
3488 KeyDown will be triggered when key is preesd down
3491 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.BackButtonPressed">
3493 BackButtonPressed will be triggered when Back button is pressed
3496 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.MoreButtonPressed">
3498 MoreButtonPressed will be triggered when More button is pressed
3501 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Moved">
3503 Moved will be triggered when widght is moved
3506 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Resized">
3508 Current widget's size Resized Event Handler
3511 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.RenderPost">
3513 Current widget RenderPost Event Handler
3516 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject.GetTooltipContentDelegate">
3518 Called back when a widget's tooltip is activated and needs content.
3522 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.IsRealized">
3524 Get widget's status of Realized or not.
3527 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.EvasCanvas">
3532 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.ClassName">
3534 Gets the current class's Name.
3537 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.WeightX">
3539 Sets or gets the horizontal pointer hints for an object's weight.
3542 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.WeightY">
3544 Sets or gets the vertical pointer hints for an object's weight.
3547 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.AlignmentX">
3549 Sets or gets the horizontal alignment hint of an object's alignment.
3552 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.AlignmentY">
3554 Sets or gets the vertical alignment hint of an object's alignment.
3557 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.MinimumWidth">
3559 Sets or gets the Width hints for an object's minimum size.
3562 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.MinimumHeight">
3564 Sets or gets the Height hints for an object's minimum size.
3567 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.IsVisible">
3569 Gets the visible state of the given Evas object.
3572 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Geometry">
3574 Sets or gets the position and (rectangular) size of the given Evas object.
3577 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Color">
3579 Sets or gets the general or main color of the given Evas object.
3582 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.IsMapEnabled">
3584 Sets or gets the map enabled state.
3587 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.EvasMap">
3589 Sets or gets current object transformation map.
3592 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.RepeatEvents">
3594 Sets or gets whether an object is to repeat events.
3597 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.PropagateEvents">
3599 Sets or gets whether events on a smart object's member should get propagated up to its parent.
3602 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.PassEvents">
3604 Sets or gets whether an object is set to pass (ignore) events.
3607 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipStyle">
3609 Sets or Gets style for this object tooltip.
3612 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipOrientation">
3614 Sets or gets the orientation of Tooltip.
3617 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipWindowMode">
3619 Sets or gets size restriction state of an object's tooltip.
3622 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipContentDelegate">
3624 Sets the content to be shown in the tooltip object.
3627 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipMoveFreezeCount">
3629 Gets the movement freeze by 1
3630 This gets the movement freeze count by one.
3633 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.AllEventsFrozen">
3635 Sets or gets whether an Evas object is to freeze (discard) events.
3638 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Layer">
3640 Sets or gets the layer of its canvas that the given object will be part of.
3643 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetClip(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
3645 Clips one object to another.
3647 <param name="clip">The object to clip object by</param>
3649 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetAlignment(System.Double,System.Double)">
3651 Sets the hints for an object's alignment.
3653 <param name="x">The horizontal alignment hint as double value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0,The default alignment hint value is 0.5 </param>
3654 <param name="y">The vertical alignment hint as double value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0,The default alignment hint value is 0.5 </param>
3656 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetWeight(System.Double,System.Double)">
3658 Sets the hints for an object's weight.
3660 <param name="x">The non-negative double value to use as horizontal weight hint</param>
3661 <param name="y">The non-negative double value to use as vertical weight hint</param>
3663 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetTooltipText(System.String)">
3665 Sets the text for an object's tooltip.
3667 <param name="text">The text value to display inside the tooltip</param>
3669 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.UnsetTooltip">
3671 Unsets an object's tooltip.
3674 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.PushTooltipMoveFreeze">
3676 This increments the tooltip movement freeze count by one.
3677 If the count is more than 0, the tooltip position will be fixed.
3680 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.PopTooltipMoveFreeze">
3682 This decrements the tooltip freeze count by one.
3685 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.HideTooltip">
3687 Force hide tooltip of object.
3690 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.ShowTooltip">
3692 Force show tooltip of object.
3695 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Show">
3697 Makes the current object visible.
3700 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Hide">
3702 Makes the current object invisible.
3705 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Resize(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
3707 Changes the size of the current object.
3709 <param name="w">The new width</param>
3710 <param name="h">The new height</param>
3712 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
3714 Moves the current object to the given location.
3716 <param name="x">The X position to move the object to.</param>
3717 <param name="y">The Y position to move the object to.</param>
3719 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Lower">
3721 Lowers obj to the bottom of its layer.
3724 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.op_Implicit(ElmSharp.EvasObject)~System.IntPtr">
3726 Define IntPtr operator
3728 <param name="obj">Parent object</param>
3730 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.KeyGrab(System.String,System.Boolean)">
3732 Requests keyname key events be directed to current obj.
3734 <param name="keyname">The key to request events for</param>
3735 <param name="exclusive">Set TRUE to request that the obj is the only object receiving the keyname events,otherwise set FALSE</param>
3736 <returns>If the call succeeded is true,otherwise is false</returns>
3738 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.KeyUngrab(System.String)">
3740 Removes the grab on keyname key events.
3742 <param name="keyname">The key the grab is set for</param>
3744 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.MarkChanged">
3746 Mark smart object as changed.
3749 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Calculate">
3751 Call the calculate smart function immediately.
3752 This will force immediate calculations needed for renderization of this object.
3755 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetSizeHintAspect(ElmSharp.AspectControl,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
3757 Sets the hints for an object's aspect ratio.
3759 <param name="aspect">The policy or type of aspect ratio to apply to object</param>
3760 <param name="w">The integer to use as aspect width ratio term</param>
3761 <param name="h">The integer to use as aspect height ratio term</param>
3763 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.GetSizeHintAspect(ElmSharp.AspectControl@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
3765 Gets the hints for an object's aspect ratio.
3767 <param name="aspect">The policy or type of aspect ratio to apply to object</param>
3768 <param name="w">The integer to use as aspect width ratio term</param>
3769 <param name="h">The integer to use as aspect height ratio term</param>
3771 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.StackBelow(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
3773 Stack immediately below anchor.
3775 <param name="anchor">The object below which to stack.</param>
3777 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.StackAbove(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
3779 Stack immediately above anchor.
3781 <param name="anchor">The object above which to stack.</param>
3783 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.RaiseTop">
3785 Raise to the top of its layer.
3788 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.GetTextBlockGeometryByLineNumber(System.Int32,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
3790 Get the geometry of a line number.
3792 <param name="lineNumber">the line number.</param>
3793 <param name="x">x coord of the line.</param>
3794 <param name="y">y coord of the line.</param>
3795 <param name="w">w coord of the line.</param>
3796 <param name="h">h coord of the line.</param>
3799 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.OnInvalidate">
3801 The callback of Invalidate Event
3804 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.OnInstantiated">
3806 The callback of Instantiated Event
3809 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.OnRealized">
3811 The callback of Realized Event
3814 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.OnUnrealize">
3816 The callback of Unrealize Event
3819 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
3821 Creates a widget handle.
3823 <param name="parent">Parent EvasObject</param>
3824 <returns>Handle IntPtr</returns>
3826 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Realize(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
3828 For this object bind Parent object.Init handle and all kinds of EvasObjectEvent.
3830 <param name="parent">Parent object</param>
3832 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Unrealize">
3834 Removes current object relationship with others.
3837 <member name="T:ElmSharp.IInvalidatable">
3839 IInvalidatable is a interface which can be overrided by its children class.
3840 Inherits IDisposable
3843 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType">
3845 Enumeration for EvasObjectCallbackType
3848 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseIn">
3850 Mouse In Event CallbackType.
3853 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseOut">
3855 Mouse Out Event CallbackType
3858 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseDown">
3860 Mouse Button Down Event CallbackType
3863 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseUp">
3865 Mouse Button Up Event CallbackType
3868 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseMove">
3870 Mouse Move Event CallbackType
3873 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseWheel">
3875 Mouse Wheel Event CallbackType
3878 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MultiDown">
3880 Multi-touch Down Event CallbackType
3883 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MultiUp">
3885 Multi-touch Up Event CallbackType
3888 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MultiMove">
3890 Multi-touch Move Event CallbackType
3893 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Free">
3895 Object Being Freed (Called after Del)
3898 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.KeyDown">
3900 Key Press Event CallbackType
3903 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.KeyUp">
3905 Key Release Event CallbackType
3908 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.FocusIn">
3910 Focus In Event CallbackType
3913 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.FocusOut">
3915 Focus Out Event CallbackType
3918 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Show">
3920 Show Event CallbackType
3923 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Hide">
3925 Hide Event CallbackType
3928 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Move">
3930 Move Event CallbackType
3933 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Resize">
3935 Resize Event CallbackType
3938 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Restack">
3940 Restack Event CallbackType
3943 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Del">
3945 Object Being Deleted (called before Free)
3948 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Hold">
3950 Hold Event CallbackType, Informational purpose event to indicate something
3953 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.ChangedSizeHints">
3955 Size hints changed Event CallbackType
3958 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.ImagePreloaded">
3960 Image has been preloaded
3963 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasFocusIn">
3965 Canvas got focus as a whole
3968 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasFocusOut">
3970 Canvas lost focus as a whole
3973 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.RenderFlushPre">
3975 Called just before rendering is updated on the canvas target
3978 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.RenderFlushPost">
3980 Called just after rendering is updated on the canvas target
3983 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasObjectFocusIn">
3985 Canvas object got focus
3988 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasObjectFocusOut">
3990 Canvas object lost focus
3993 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.ImageUnloaded">
3995 Image data has been unloaded (by some mechanism in Evas that throw out original image data)
3998 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.RenderPre">
4000 Called just before rendering starts on the canvas target
4003 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.RenderPost">
4005 Called just after rendering stops on the canvas target
4008 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.ImageResize">
4010 Image size is changed
4013 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.DeviceChanged">
4015 Devices added, removed or changed on canvas
4018 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.AxisUpdate">
4023 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasViewportResize">
4025 Canvas Viewport size is changed
4028 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1">
4030 Event class for EvasObject
4032 <typeparam name="TEventArgs">Kinds of EventArgs</typeparam>
4034 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.SmartEventInfoParser">
4036 SmartEventInfoParser delegate of EvasObjectEvent class
4038 <param name="data">data</param>
4039 <param name="obj">obj</param>
4040 <param name="info">info</param>
4041 <returns> delegate handle</returns>
4043 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType,ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent{`0}.SmartEventInfoParser)">
4045 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObjectEvent.
4047 <param name="sender">EvasObject class belong to</param>
4048 <param name="type">EvasObjectCallbackType</param>
4049 <param name="parser">SmartEventInfoParser</param>
4051 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType)">
4053 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObjectEvent.
4055 <param name="sender">EvasObject class belong with</param>
4056 <param name="type">SmartEventInfoParser</param>
4058 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.On">
4060 On Event Handler of EvasObjectEvent
4063 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.Dispose">
4068 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.MakeInvalidate">
4070 Make current instance invalidate
4073 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent">
4075 Event class for EvasObject
4078 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType)">
4080 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObjectEvent.
4082 <param name="sender">EvasObject class belong to</param>
4083 <param name="type">EvasObjectCallbackType</param>
4085 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent.On">
4087 On Event Handler of EvasObjectEvent
4090 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent.Dispose">
4095 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent.MakeInvalidate">
4097 Make current instance invalidate
4100 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FlipSelector">
4102 A flip selector is a widget to show a set of text items,one at a time.with the same sheet switching style as the clock widget, when one changes the current displaying sheet.
4105 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
4107 Creates and initializes a new instance of the FlipSelector.
4109 <param name="parent">Parent EvasObject </param>
4111 <member name="E:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Selected">
4113 Selected will be triggered when be Selected
4116 <member name="E:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Overflowed">
4118 Overflowed will be triggered when Overflowed
4121 <member name="E:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Underflowed">
4123 Underflowed will be triggered when be Underflowed
4126 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Interval">
4128 Sets or gets the interval on time updates for an user mouse button hold on a flip selector widget.
4131 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.SelectedItem">
4133 Gets the currently selected item in a flip selector widget.
4136 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.FirstItem">
4138 Gets the first item in the given flip selector widget's list of items.
4141 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.LastItem">
4143 Gets the last item in the given flip selector widget's list of items.
4146 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Append(System.String)">
4148 Appends a (text) item to a flip selector widget.
4150 <param name="text">text value</param>
4152 A handle to the item added or NULL, on errors
4155 The widget's list of labels to show will be appended with the given value. If the user wishes so, a callback function pointer can be passed, which will get called when this same item is selected.
4158 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Prepend(System.String)">
4160 Prepend a (text) item to a flip selector widget.
4162 <param name="text">Prepend text</param>
4163 <returns>A handle to the item added or NULL, on errors</returns>
4165 The widget's list of labels to show will be prepended with the given value. If the user wishes so, a callback function pointer can be passed, which will get called when this same item is selected.
4168 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Remove(ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem)">
4170 To remove the given item.
4172 <param name="item">FlipSelector's item</param>
4174 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Next">
4176 Programmatically select the next item of a flip selector widget.
4179 The selection will be animated. Also, if it reaches the beginning of its list of member items, it will continue with the last one backwards.
4182 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Prev">
4184 Programmatically select the previous item of a flip selector widget.
4187 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem">
4189 Iterm class of FlipSelector
4192 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem.Text">
4194 Sets or gets the Text of FlipSelectorItem
4197 <member name="E:ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem.Selected">
4199 Selected will be triggered when Selected
4202 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem.#ctor(System.String)">
4204 Creates and initializes a new instance of the FlipSelectorItem.
4206 <param name="text">FlipSelectorItem's text</param>
4208 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FloatingButton">
4210 The FloatingButton is a widget that to add floating area for buttons.
4213 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
4215 Creates and initializes a new instance of the FloatingButton class.
4217 <param name="parent">Created on this parent container..</param>
4219 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.Mode">
4221 Sets or gets floatingbutton mode.
4224 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.Position">
4226 Gets floatingbutton Position.
4229 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.MovementBlock">
4231 Sets or gets movability for a given floatingbutton widget.
4234 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.Opacity">
4236 Get Opacity's value of the given FloatingButton.
4239 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.SetPosition(ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition,System.Boolean)">
4241 Set the floatingbutton position with animation or not.
4243 <param name="position">Button position</param>
4244 <param name="animated">Animat flag</param>
4246 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonMode">
4248 Enumeration for FloatingButtonMode
4251 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonMode.All">
4253 Allows all positions
4256 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonMode.LeftRightOnly">
4258 Allows LEFT and RIGHT positions only
4261 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition">
4263 Enumeration for FloatingButtonPosition
4266 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.LeftOut">
4268 Hides in the left, but small handler will show only
4271 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.Left">
4273 Shows all of buttons, but lies on the left
4276 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.Center">
4278 Shows all of buttons, but lies on the center
4281 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.Right">
4283 Shows all of buttons, but lies on the right
4286 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.RightOut">
4288 Hides in the right, but small handler will show only
4291 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItemEventArgs">
4293 It inherits System.EventArgs.
4294 It contains Item which is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/> type.
4295 All events of GenGrid contain GenGridItemEventArgs as a parameter.
4298 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItemEventArgs.Item">
4300 Gets or sets GenGrid item.The return type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>.
4303 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenGrid">
4305 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
4306 The GenGrid is a widget that aims to position objects in a grid layout while actually creating and rendering only the visible ones.
4307 It has two direction in which a given GenGrid widget expands while placing its items, horizontal and vertical.
4308 The GenGrid items are represented through <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> definition field details.
4311 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
4313 Creates and initializes a new instance of the GenGrid class.
4315 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by GenGrid as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
4317 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemSelected">
4319 ItemSelected is raised when a new gengrid item is selected.
4322 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemUnselected">
4324 ItemUnselected is raised when the gengrid item is Unselected.
4327 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemPressed">
4329 ItemPressed is raised when a new gengrid item is pressed.
4332 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemReleased">
4334 ItemReleased is raised when a new gengrid item is released.
4337 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemActivated">
4339 ItemActivated is raised when a new gengrid item is double clicked or pressed (enter|return|spacebar).
4342 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemDoubleClicked">
4344 ItemDoubleClicked is raised when a new gengrid item is double clicked.
4347 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemRealized">
4349 ItemRealized is raised when a gengrid item is implementing through <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>.
4352 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemUnrealized">
4354 ItemUnrealized is raised when the gengrid item is deleted.
4357 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemLongPressed">
4359 ItemLongPressed is raised when a gengrid item is pressed for a certain amount of time. By default it's 1 second.
4362 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Changed">
4364 Changed is raised when an item is added, removed, resized or moved and when the gengrid is resized or gets "horizontal" property changes.
4367 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemAlignmentX">
4369 Gets or sets the item's grid alignment along x-axis within a given gengrid widget.
4370 Accepted values are in the 0.0 to 1.0 range, with the special value -1.0 used to specify "justify" or "fill" by some users.
4371 By default, value is 0.0, meaning that the gengrid has its items grid placed exactly in the left along x-axis.
4374 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemAlignmentY">
4376 Gets or sets the item's grid alignment on y-axis within a given gengrid widget.
4377 Accepted values are in the 0.0 to 1.0 range, with the special value -1.0 used to specify "justify" or "fill" by some users.
4378 By default, value is 0.0, meaning that the gengrid has its items grid placed exactly in the top along y-axis.
4381 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.FillItems">
4383 Gets or sets the manner in which the items grid is filled within a given gengrid widget.
4384 It is filled if true, otherwise false.
4387 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.MultipleSelection">
4389 Gets or sets whether multi-selection is enabled or disabled for a given gengrid widget.
4392 Multi-selection is the ability to have more than one item selected, on a given gengrid, simultaneously.
4393 When it is enabled, a sequence of clicks on different items makes them all selected, progressively.
4394 A click on an already selected item unselects it. If interacting via the keyboard, multi-selection is enabled while holding the "Shift" key.
4395 By default, multi-selection is disabled.
4398 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemWidth">
4400 Gets or sets the width for the items of a given gengrid widget.
4403 A gengrid, after creation, still has no information on the size to give to each of its cells.
4404 The default width and height just have one finger wide.
4405 Use this property to force a custom width for your items, making them as big as you wish.
4408 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemHeight">
4410 Gets or sets the height for the items of a given gengrid widget.
4413 A gengrid, after creation, still has no information on the size to give to each of its cells.
4414 The default width and height just have one finger wide.
4415 Use this property to force a custom height for your items, making them as big as you wish.
4418 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.SelectionMode">
4420 Gets or sets the gengrid select mode by <see cref="!:GenGridSelectionMode"/>.
4423 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.IsHorizontal">
4425 Gets or sets the direction for which a given gengrid widget expands while placing its items.
4428 If true, items are placed in columns from top to bottom and when the space for a column is filled, another one is started on the right, thus expanding the grid horizontally.
4429 If false, items are placed in rows from left to right, and when the space for a row is filled, another one is started below, thus expanding the grid vertically.
4432 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.IsHighlight">
4434 Gets or sets whether the gengrid items should be highlighted when an item is selected.
4437 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.HorizontalScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
4439 Sets or gets the value of HorizontalScrollBarVisiblePolicy
4442 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto means the horizontal scrollbar is made visible if it is needed, and otherwise kept hidden.
4443 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible turns it on all the time, and ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible always keeps it off.
4446 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.VerticalScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
4448 Sets or gets the value of VerticalScrollBarVisiblePolicy
4451 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto means the vertical scrollbar is made visible if it is needed, and otherwise kept hidden.
4452 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible turns it on all the time, and ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible always keeps it off.
4455 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.FirstItem">
4457 Gets the first item in a given gengrid widget.
4460 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.LastItem">
4462 Gets the last item in a given gengrid widget.
4465 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemCount">
4467 Gets the items count in a given gengrid widget.
4470 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.SelectedItem">
4472 Gets the selected item in a given gengrid widget.
4475 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ReorderMode">
4477 Gets or sets whether a given gengrid widget is or not able have items reordered.
4480 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
4482 Appends a new item to a given gengrid widget. This adds an item to the end of the gengrid.
4484 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
4485 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4486 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
4487 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
4488 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>
4490 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
4492 Prepends a new item to a given gengrid widget. This adds an item to the beginning of the gengrid.
4494 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
4495 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4496 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
4497 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
4498 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>
4500 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenGridItem)">
4502 Inserts an item before another in a gengrid widget. This inserts an item before another in the gengrid.
4504 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
4505 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4506 <param name="before">The item before which to place this new one.</param>
4507 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass./></returns>
4508 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
4509 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>
4511 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenGridItem)">
4513 Inserts an item before another in a gengrid widget. This inserts an item after another in the gengrid.
4515 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
4516 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4517 <param name="after">The item after which to place this new one.</param>
4518 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
4519 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
4520 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>
4522 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.InsertSorted(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,System.Comparison{System.Object})">
4524 Insert an item in a gengrid widget using a user-defined sort function.
4526 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
4527 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4528 <param name="comparison">User defined comparison function that defines the sort order based on gengrid item and its data.</param>
4529 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
4531 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ScrollTo(ElmSharp.GenGridItem,ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition,System.Boolean)">
4533 Shows a given item to the visible area of a gengrid.
4535 <param name="item">The gengrid item to display.</param>
4536 <param name="position">The position of the item in the viewport.</param>
4537 <param name="animated">The type of how to show the item.</param>
4539 If animated is true, the gengrid shows item by scrolling if it's not fully visible.
4540 If animated is false, the gengrid shows item by jumping if it's not fully visible.
4542 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition"/>
4544 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.UpdateRealizedItems">
4546 Updates the contents of all the realized items.
4547 This updates all realized items by calling all the <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> again to get the content, text, and states.
4548 Use this when the original item data has changed and the changes are desired to reflect.
4551 <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenItem.Update"/> to update just one item.
4554 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Clear">
4556 Removes all items from a given gengrid widget.
4557 This removes(and deletes) all items in obj, making it empty.
4560 <see cref="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete"/> to delete just one item.
4563 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.GetItemByPosition(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
4565 Get the item that is at the x, y canvas coords.
4567 <param name="x">The input x coordinate</param>
4568 <param name="y">The input y coordinate</param>
4569 <param name="portionX">The position relative to the item returned here.
4570 -1, 0 or 1, depending if the coordinate is on the left portion of that item(-1), on the middle section(0) or on the right part(1).
4572 <param name="portionY">The position relative to the item returned here
4573 -1, 0 or 1, depending if the coordinate is on the upper portion of that item (-1), on the middle section (0) or on the lower part (1).
4577 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem">
4579 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItem"/>.
4580 A instance to the gengrid item added.
4581 It contains Update() method to update a gengrid item which is given.
4584 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.IsSelected">
4586 Gets or sets whether a given gengrid item is selected.
4587 If one gengrid item is selected, any other previously selected items get unselected in favor of this new one.
4590 If true, it is selected.
4591 If false, it is unselected.
4594 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.TooltipStyle">
4596 Gets or sets the style of given gengrid item's tooltip.
4599 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.Row">
4601 Gets or sets gengrid item's row position, relative to the whole gengrid's grid area.
4604 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.Column">
4606 Gets or sets gengrid item's column position, relative to the whole gengrid's grid area.
4609 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.Update">
4611 Updates the content of a given gengrid item.
4612 This updates an item by calling all the genitem class functions again to get the content, text, and states.
4613 Use this when the original item data has changed and you want the changes to reflect.
4616 <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.UpdateRealizedItems"/> to update the contents of all the realized items.
4619 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode">
4621 Enumeration for select mode of GenItem.
4624 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode.Default">
4626 Default select mode.
4629 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode.Always">
4634 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode.None">
4639 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode.DisplayOnly">
4641 No select mode with no finger size rule.
4644 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItem">
4646 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject"/>.
4647 A base class for <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/> and <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem"/>.
4648 It contains genitem class and data to display data.
4651 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItem.GetTooltipContentDelegate">
4653 The delegate returning the tooltip contents.
4656 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.ItemClass">
4658 Gets the item class that defines how to display data. It returns <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> type.
4661 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.TooltipContentDelegate">
4663 It's a abstract property. It's implemented by <see cref="!:GenGridItem.TooltipContent"/> and <see cref="!:GenListItem.TooltipContent"/>.
4666 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.Data">
4668 Gets item data that is added through calling <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)"/>, <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)"/> or <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenGridItem)"/> methods.
4671 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.IsSelected">
4673 It's a abstract property. It's implemented by <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.IsSelected"/> and <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.IsSelected"/>.
4676 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.TooltipStyle">
4678 It's a abstract property. It's implemented by <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.TooltipStyle"/> and <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.TooltipStyle"/>.
4681 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenItem.Update">
4683 It's a abstract method. It's implemented by <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.Update"/> and <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update"/>.
4686 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenItem.OnInvalidate">
4688 The override method for delete item class and item data. It's called when the item is deleting.
4691 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass">
4693 It represents the GenGrid or GenList item class definition field details.
4694 It has some display styles, such as "default", "full" and "group_index".
4697 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetTextDelegate">
4699 The delegate to define <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetTextHandler"/>.
4701 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4702 <param name="part">The part where the data should be shown.</param>
4703 <returns>Return string that should be shown.</returns>
4705 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetContentDelegate">
4707 The delegate to define <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetContentHandler"/>.
4709 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4710 <param name="part">The part where the data should be shown.</param>
4711 <returns>Return content that should be shown.</returns>
4713 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.DeleteDelegate">
4715 The delegate to define <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.DeleteHandler"/>.
4717 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4719 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetReusableContentDelegate">
4721 The delegate to define <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.ReusableContentHandler"/>.
4723 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
4724 <param name="part">The part where the data should be shown.</param>
4725 <param name="old">The content has been added in gengrid.</param>
4726 <returns>Return content that should be shown.</returns>
4728 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.#ctor(System.String)">
4730 Creates and initializes a new instance of the GenItemClass.
4732 <param name="style">The item display style.</param>
4734 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.ItemStyle">
4736 Gets the item style.
4739 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetTextHandler">
4741 Gets or sets the callback that defines how to display item text.
4742 If get, return <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetTextDelegate"/>.
4745 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetContentHandler">
4747 Gets or sets the callback that defines how to display item content.
4748 If get, return <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetContentDelegate"/>.
4751 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.DeleteHandler">
4753 Gets or sets the callback that defines how to delete item text and content.
4754 If get, return <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.DeleteDelegate"/>.
4757 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.ReusableContentHandler">
4759 Gets or sets the callback that defines how to reuse item content.
4760 If get, return <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetReusableContentDelegate"/>.
4763 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType">
4765 Enumeration for setting genlist item type.
4768 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemType.Normal">
4770 if Normal is set then this item is normal item.
4773 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemType.Tree">
4775 If tree is set then this item is displayed as an item that is able to expand and have child items.
4778 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemType.Group">
4780 if Group is set then this item is group index item that is displayed at the top until the next group comes.
4783 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListMode">
4785 Enumeration for setting genlist's resizing behavior, transverse axis scrolling and items cropping.
4788 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Compress">
4790 The genlist won't set any of its size hints to inform how a possible container should resize it.
4791 Then, if it's not created as a "resize object", it might end with zeroed dimensions.
4792 The genlist will respect the container's geometry and, if any of its items won't fit into its transverse axis, one won't be able to scroll it in that direction.
4795 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Scroll">
4797 This is the same as Compress, with the exception that if any of its items won't fit into its transverse axis, one will be able to scroll it in that direction.
4800 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Limit">
4802 Sets a minimum size hint on the genlist object, so that containers may respect it (and resize itself to fit the child properly).
4803 More specifically, a minimum size hint will be set for its transverse axis, so that the largest item in that direction fits well.
4804 This is naturally bound by the genlist object's maximum size hints, set externally.
4807 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Expand">
4809 Besides setting a minimum size on the transverse axis, just like on Limit, the genlist will set a minimum size on th longitudinal axis, trying to reserve space to all its children to be visible at a time.
4810 This is naturally bound by the genlist object's maximum size hints, set externally.
4813 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemEventArgs">
4815 It inherits System.EventArgs.
4816 It contains Item which is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem"/> type.
4817 All events of GenList contain GenListItemEventArgs as a parameter.
4820 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItemEventArgs.Item">
4822 Gets or sets GenList item. The return type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem"/>.
4825 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition">
4827 Enumeration that defines where to position the item in the genlist.
4830 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.None">
4835 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.In">
4837 Scrolls to the nearest viewport.
4840 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.Top">
4842 Scrolls to the top of the viewport.
4845 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.Middle">
4847 Scrolls to the middle of the viewport.
4850 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.Bottom">
4852 Scrolls to the bottom of the viewport.
4855 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenList">
4857 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
4858 The GenList is a widget that aims to have more expansive list than the simple <see cref="T:ElmSharp.List"/> in ElmSharp that could have more flexible items and allow many more entries while still being fast and low on memory usage.
4859 At the same time it was also made to be able to do tree structures.
4860 But the price to pay is more complexity when it comes to usage.
4861 If all you want is a simple list with icons and a single text, use the <see cref="T:ElmSharp.List"/> widget.
4864 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
4866 Creates and initializes a new instance of the GenList class.
4868 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by GenList as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
4870 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.Homogeneous">
4872 Gets or sets whether the homogeneous mode is enabled.
4875 If true, the genlist items have same height and width.
4878 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.ListMode">
4880 Gets or sets the horizontal stretching mode. This mode used for sizing items horizontally.
4881 The default value is <see cref="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Scroll"/> which means that if items are too wide to fit, the scroller scrolls horizontally.
4882 If set <see cref="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Compress"/> which means that the item width is fixed (restricted to a minimum of) to the list width when calculating its size in order to allow the height to be calculated based on it.
4883 If set <see cref="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Limit"/> which means that items are expanded to the viewport width and limited to that size.
4884 if set <see cref="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Expand"/> which means that genlist try to reserve space to all its items to be visible at a time.
4887 Compress makes genlist resize slower as it recalculates every item height again whenever the list width changes.
4888 The homogeneous mode is so that all items in the genlist are of the same width/height. With Compress, genlist items are initialized fast.
4889 However, there are no sub-objects in the genlist which can be on the flying resizable (such as TEXTBLOCK).
4890 If so, then some dynamic resizable objects in the genlist would not be diplayed properly.
4893 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.FirstItem">
4895 Gets the first item in the genlist.
4898 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.LastItem">
4900 Gets the last item in the genlist.
4903 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.ReorderMode">
4905 Gets or sets the reorder mode.
4906 After turning on the reorder mode, longpress on a normal item triggers reordering of the item.
4907 You can move the item up and down. However, reordering does not work with group items.
4910 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.BlockCount">
4912 Gets or set the maximum number of items within an item block.
4915 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.IsHighlight">
4917 Gets or sets whether the genlist items should be highlighted when an item is selected.
4920 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.LongPressTimeout">
4922 Gets or sets the timeout in seconds for the longpress event.
4925 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.IsMultiSelection">
4927 Gets or sets whether enable multi-selection in the genlist.
4930 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.SelectedItem">
4932 Gets the selected item in a given genlist widget.
4935 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.SelectionMode">
4937 Gets or sets the genlist select mode by <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode"/>.
4940 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemSelected">
4942 ItemSelected is raised when a new genlist item is selected.
4945 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemUnselected">
4947 ItemUnselected is raised when the genlist item is Unselected.
4950 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemPressed">
4952 ItemPressed is raised when a new genlist item is pressed.
4955 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemReleased">
4957 ItemReleased is raised when a new genlist item is released.
4960 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemActivated">
4962 ItemActivated is raised when a new genlist item is double clicked or pressed (enter|return|spacebar).
4965 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemDoubleClicked">
4967 ItemDoubleClicked is raised when a new genlist item is double clicked.
4970 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemExpanded">
4972 ItemExpanded is raised when a new genlist item is indicated to expand.
4975 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemRealized">
4977 ItemRealized is raised when a new genlist item is created as a real object.
4980 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemUnrealized">
4982 ItemUnrealized is raised when a new genlist item is unrealized.
4983 After calling unrealize, the item's content objects are deleted and the item object itself is deleted or is put into a floating cache.
4986 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemLongPressed">
4988 ItemLongPressed is raised when a genlist item is pressed for a certain amount of time. By default it's 1 second.
4991 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemMoved">
4993 ItemMoved is raised when a genlist item is moved in the reorder mode.
4996 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemMovedAfter">
4998 ItemMovedAfter is raised when a genlist item is moved after another item in the reorder mode.
4999 To get the relative previous item, use <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Previous"/>.
5002 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemMovedBefore">
5004 ItemMovedBefore is raised when a genlist item is moved before another item in the reorder mode.
5005 To get the relative next item, use <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Next"/>.
5008 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.Changed">
5010 Changed is raised when genlist is changed.
5013 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ScrollAnimationStarted">
5015 ScrollAnimationStarted is raised when scrolling animation has started.
5018 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ScrollAnimationStopped">
5020 ScrollAnimationStopped is raised when scrolling animation has stopped.
5023 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
5025 Appends a new item to the end of a given genlist widget.
5027 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5028 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5029 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5030 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
5031 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem"/>
5033 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItemType)">
5035 Appends a new item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> to the end of a given genlist widget.
5037 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5038 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5039 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
5040 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5042 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
5044 Appends a new item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> to the end of a given genlist widget or the end of the children list if the parent is given.
5046 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5047 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5048 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
5049 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
5050 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5052 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
5054 Prepends a new item to the beginning of a given genlist widget.
5056 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5057 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5058 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5060 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItemType)">
5062 Prepends a new item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> to the beginning of a given genlist widget.
5064 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5065 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5066 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
5067 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5069 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
5071 Prepends a new item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> to the beginning of a given genlist widget or the beginning of the children list if the parent is given.
5073 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5074 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5075 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
5076 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
5077 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5079 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
5081 Inserts an item before another item in a genlist widget.
5082 It is the same tree level or group as the item before which it is inserted.????
5084 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5085 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5086 <param name="before">The item before which to place this new one.</param>
5087 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5089 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItem,ElmSharp.GenListItemType)">
5091 Inserts an item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> before another item in a genlist widget.
5092 It is the same tree level or group as the item before which it is inserted.????
5094 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5095 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5096 <param name="before">The item before which to place this new one.</param>
5097 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
5098 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5100 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItem,ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
5102 Inserts an item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> before another item under a parent in a genlist widget.
5104 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5105 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5106 <param name="before">The item before which to place this new one.</param>
5107 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
5108 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
5109 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5111 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItem,ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
5113 Inserts an item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> after another item under a parent in a genlist widget.
5115 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5116 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5117 <param name="after">The item after which to place this new one.</param>
5118 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
5119 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
5120 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5122 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertSorted(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,System.Comparison{System.Object},ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
5124 Insert an item in a genlist widget using a user-defined sort function.
5126 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
5127 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
5128 <param name="comparison">User defined comparison function that defines the sort order based on genlist item and its data.</param>
5129 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
5130 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
5131 <returns>Return a genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
5133 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.ScrollTo(ElmSharp.GenListItem,ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition,System.Boolean)">
5135 Shows the given item with position type in a genlist.
5136 When animated is true, genlist will jump to the given item and display it (by animatedly scrolling), if it is not fully visible. This may use animation and may take some time.
5137 When animated is false, genlist will jump to the given item and display it (by jumping to that position), if it is not fully visible.
5139 <param name="item">The item to display.</param>
5140 <param name="position">The position to show the given item to <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition"/>.</param>
5141 <param name="animated">The animated indicates how to display the item, by scrolling or by jumping.</param>
5143 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems">
5145 Updates the content of all the realized items.
5146 This updates all the realized items by calling all the <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> again to get the content, text and states.
5147 Use this when the original item data has changed and the changes are desired to reflect.
5148 To update just one item, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update"/>.
5150 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update"/>
5152 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Clear">
5154 Removes all items from a given genlist widget.
5155 This removes (and deletes) all items in obj, making it empty.
5156 To delete just one item, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete"/>.
5158 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete"/>
5160 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.GetItemByPosition(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32@)">
5162 Get the item that is at the x, y canvas coords.
5164 <param name="x">The input x coordinate</param>
5165 <param name="y">The input y coordinate</param>
5166 <param name="pos">The position relative to the item returned here
5167 -1, 0, or 1, depending on whether the coordinate is on the upper portion of that item (-1), in the middle section (0), or on the lower part (1).
5171 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.GetItemByIndex(System.Int32)">
5173 Gets the nth item in a given genlist widget, placed at position nth, in its internal items list.
5175 <param name="index">The number of the item to grab (0 being the first)</param>
5178 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType">
5180 The type of item's part type.
5183 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.All">
5188 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.Text">
5193 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.Content">
5195 The Content part type.
5198 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.State">
5203 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.None">
5208 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem">
5210 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItem"/>.
5211 A instance to the genlist item added.
5212 It contains Update() method to update a genlist item which is given.
5215 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.IsSelected">
5217 Gets or sets whether a given genlist item is selected.
5220 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.IsExpanded">
5222 Gets or sets whether a given genlist item is expanded.
5225 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update">
5227 Updates the content of an item.
5228 This updates an item by calling all the <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> again to get the content, text, and states.
5229 Use this when the original item data has changed and the changes are desired to reflect.
5230 To update already realized items, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems"/>.
5232 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems"/>
5234 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.UpdateField(System.String,ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType)">
5236 Updates the part of an item.
5237 This updates an item's part by calling item's fetching functions again to get the contents, texts and states.
5238 Use this when the original item data has changed and the changes are desired to be reflected.
5239 To update an item's all property, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems"/>.
5241 <param name="part">The part could be "elm.text", "elm.swalllow.icon", "elm.swallow.end", "elm.swallow.content" and so on. It is also used for globbing to match '*', '?', and '.'. It can be used at updating multi fields.</param>
5242 <param name="type">The type of item's part type.</param>
5243 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems"/>
5245 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.DemoteItem">
5247 Demote an item to the end of the list.
5250 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.SelectionMode">
5252 Gets or sets the genlist item's select mode.
5255 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Next">
5257 Gets the next item in a genlist widget's internal list of items.
5259 <seealso cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Previous"/>
5261 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Previous">
5263 Get the previous item in a genlist widget's internal list of items.
5265 <seealso cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Next"/>
5267 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.TooltipStyle">
5269 Gets or sets the style of given genlist item's tooltip.
5272 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.IsTooltipWindowMode">
5274 Gets or sets whether disable size restrictions on an object's tooltip.
5277 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Index">
5279 Gets the index of the item. It is only valid once displayed.
5282 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.ExpandedItemDepth">
5284 Gets the depth of expanded item.
5287 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.ClearSubitems">
5289 Remove all sub-items (children) of the given item.
5292 This removes all items that are children (and their descendants) of the given item it.
5295 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.UpdateItemClass(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
5297 Update the item class of an item.
5298 This sets another class of the item, changing the way that it is displayed. After changing the item class, <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update"/> is called on the item.
5300 <param name="itemClass">The item class for the item.</param>
5301 <param name="data">The data for the item.</param>
5303 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer">
5305 The GestureLayer is used to detect gestures.
5309 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
5311 Creates and initializes a new instance of GestureLayer class.
5313 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by GestureLayer as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
5315 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType">
5317 Enumeration for supported gesture types.
5320 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Tap">
5322 N fingers single taps
5325 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.LongTap">
5327 N fingers single long-taps
5330 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.DoubleTap">
5332 N fingers double-single taps
5335 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.TripleTap">
5337 N fingers triple-single taps
5340 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Momentum">
5342 Reports momentum in the direction of move
5345 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Line">
5347 N fingers line gesture
5350 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Flick">
5352 N fingers flick gesture
5355 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Zoom">
5360 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Rotate">
5365 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState">
5367 Enumeration for gesture states.
5370 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.Undefined">
5375 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.Start">
5380 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.Move">
5385 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.End">
5390 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.Abort">
5392 Ongoing gesture is aborted
5395 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.HoldEvents">
5397 Sets or gets the repeat-events setting.
5400 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Continues">
5402 Sets or gets the gesture layer continues enable of an object
5405 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapFingerSize">
5407 Sets or gets the gesture layer finger-size for taps.
5410 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LongTapTimeout">
5412 Sets or gets the gesture layer long tap start timeout of an object
5415 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.DoubleTapTimeout">
5417 Sets or gets the gesture layer double tap timeout of an object
5420 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.FlickTimeLimit">
5422 Sets or gets the gesture layer flick time limit (in ms) of an object
5425 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MinimumLineLength">
5427 Sets or gets the gesture layer line min length of an object
5430 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineAngularTolerance">
5432 Sets or gets the gesture layer line angular tolerance of an object
5435 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineDistanceTolerance">
5437 Sets or gets the gesture layer line distance tolerance of an object
5440 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateStep">
5442 Sets or gets step-value for rotate action.
5445 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateAngularTolerance">
5447 Sets or gets the gesture layer rotate angular tolerance of an object
5450 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomStep">
5452 Sets or gets control step value for zoom action.
5455 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomDistanceTolerance">
5457 Sets or gets the gesture layer zoom distance tolerance of an object
5460 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomFingerFactor">
5462 Sets or gets the gesture layer zoom finger factor of an object
5465 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomWheelFactor">
5467 Sets or gets the gesture layer zoom wheel factor of an object
5470 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Attach(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
5472 Attach a gesture layer widget to an Evas object (setting the widget's target).
5473 A gesture layer's target may be any Evas object. This object will be used to listen to mouse and key events.
5475 <param name="target">The object to attach.</param>
5477 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetGestureCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType,ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{System.Object})">
5479 Set the gesture state change callback.
5480 When all callbacks for the gesture are set to null, it means this gesture is disabled.
5482 <param name="type">The gesture you want to track state of.</param>
5483 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
5484 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
5486 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ClearCallbacks">
5488 clear the gesture state change callback.
5491 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetTapCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType,ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData})">
5493 Set the tap callback.
5495 <param name="type">The gesture you want to track state of.</param>
5496 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
5497 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
5499 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetMomentumCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData})">
5501 Set the gesture state change callback with Momentum Gesture Type
5503 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
5504 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
5506 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetLineCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData})">
5508 Set the gesture state change callback with Line Gesture Type
5510 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
5511 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
5513 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetFlickCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData})">
5515 Set the gesture state change callback with Flick Gesture Type
5517 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
5518 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
5520 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetZoomCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData})">
5522 Set the gesture state change callback with Zoom Gesture Type
5524 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
5525 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
5527 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetRotateCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData})">
5529 Set the gesture state change callback with Rotate Gesture Type
5531 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
5532 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
5534 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
5536 Call this function to construct a new gesture-layer object.
5538 <param name="parent">The gesture layer's parent widget.</param>
5541 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.OnUnrealize">
5543 clear the gesture state change callback.
5546 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData">
5548 The struct of TapData
5551 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData.X">
5553 The x coordinate of the center point.
5556 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData.Y">
5558 The y coordinate of the center point.
5561 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData.FingersCount">
5563 The number of fingers tapped.
5566 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData.Timestamp">
5571 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData">
5573 The struct of MomentumData
5576 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.X1">
5578 Final-swipe direction starting point on X.
5581 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.Y1">
5583 Final-swipe direction starting point on Y.
5586 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.X2">
5588 Final-swipe direction ending point on X.
5591 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.Y2">
5593 Final-swipe direction ending point on Y
5596 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.HorizontalSwipeTimestamp">
5598 Timestamp of start of final x-swipe.
5601 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.VerticalSwipeTimestamp">
5603 Timestamp of start of final y-swipe.
5606 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.HorizontalMomentum">
5611 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.VerticalMomentum">
5616 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.FingersCount">
5621 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData">
5623 The struct of LineData
5626 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.X1">
5628 Final-swipe direction starting point on X.
5631 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.Y1">
5633 Final-swipe direction starting point on Y.
5636 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.X2">
5638 Final-swipe direction ending point on X.
5641 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.Y2">
5643 Final-swipe direction ending point on Y
5646 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.HorizontalSwipeTimestamp">
5648 Timestamp of start of final x-swipe.
5651 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.VerticalSwipeTimestamp">
5653 Timestamp of start of final y-swipe.
5656 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.HorizontalMomentum">
5661 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.VerticalMomentum">
5666 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.FingersCount">
5671 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.Angle">
5673 Angle (direction) of lines.
5676 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData">
5678 The struct of ZoomData
5681 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.X">
5683 The x coordinate of zoom center point reported to user.
5686 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.Y">
5688 The y coordinate of zoom center point reported to user.
5691 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.Radius">
5693 The radius (distance) between fingers reported to user.
5696 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.Zoom">
5698 The zoom value. 1.0 means no zoom.
5701 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.Momentum">
5703 Zoom momentum: zoom growth per second (NOT YET SUPPORTED).
5706 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData">
5708 The struct of RotateData
5711 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.X">
5713 The x coordinate of rotation center point reported to user.
5716 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.Y">
5718 The y coordinate of rotation center point reported to user.
5721 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.Radius">
5723 The radius (distance) between fingers reported to user.
5726 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.BaseAngle">
5731 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.Angle">
5733 The rotation value. 0.0 means no rotation.
5736 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.Momentum">
5738 Rotation momentum: rotation done per second (NOT YET SUPPORTED).
5741 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Config">
5743 Config is a static class, it provides gestureLayer's timeout information.
5746 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Config.DefaultLongTapTimeout">
5748 Sets or gets the duration for occurring long tap event of gesture layer.
5751 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Config.DefaultDoubleTapTimeout">
5753 Sets or gets the duration for occurring double tap event of gesture layer.
5756 <member name="T:ElmSharp.HoverselItemEventArgs">
5758 The HoverselItemEventArgs is an HoverselItem's EventArgs
5761 <member name="P:ElmSharp.HoverselItemEventArgs.Item">
5766 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Hoversel">
5768 The hoversel is a button that pops up a list of items.
5771 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
5773 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Hoversel class.
5775 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Hoversel as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
5777 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Hoversel.Clicked">
5779 Clicked will be triggered when Hoversel is clicked
5782 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Hoversel.Expanded">
5784 Expanded will be triggered when Hoversel is activated by clicking the hoversel or by a function
5787 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Hoversel.Dismissed">
5789 Dismissed will be triggered when Hoversel Dismissed
5792 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Hoversel.ItemSelected">
5794 ItemSelected will be triggered when Hoversel's Item Selected
5797 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Hoversel.IsHorizontal">
5799 Gets or sets the status to control whether the hoversel should expand horizontally.
5802 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Hoversel.HoverParent">
5804 Gets or sets the hover parent.
5807 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Hoversel.IsExpanded">
5809 Gets the flag of whether the hoversel is expanded.
5812 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Hoversel.AutoUpdate">
5814 Gets or sets the status of whether update icon and text of hoversel same to those of selected item automatically.
5817 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.HoverBegin">
5819 This triggers the hoversel popup from code, the same as if the user had clicked the button.
5822 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.HoverEnd">
5824 This dismisses the hoversel popup as if the user had clicked outside the hover.
5827 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.Clear">
5829 This will remove all the children items from the hoversel.
5832 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.AddItem(System.String)">
5834 Add an item to the hoversel button.
5835 This adds an item to the hoversel to show when it is clicked.
5837 <param name="label">Item's label</param>
5838 <returns>A handle to the added item.</returns>
5840 <member name="T:ElmSharp.HoverselItem">
5842 The HoverselItem is the Item of Hoversel
5845 <member name="P:ElmSharp.HoverselItem.Label">
5847 HoverselItem's label
5850 <member name="E:ElmSharp.HoverselItem.ItemSelected">
5852 ItemSelected will be triggered when HoverselItem Selected
5855 <member name="T:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder">
5857 Enumeration for the icon lookup order. Should look for icons in the theme, FDO paths, or both.
5860 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder.FreeDesktopFirst">
5862 Icon look up order: freedesktop, theme
5865 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder.ThemeFirst">
5867 Icon look up order: theme, freedesktop
5870 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder.FreeDesktopOnly">
5872 Icon look up order: freedesktop
5875 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder.ThemeOnly">
5877 Icon look up order: theme
5880 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Icon">
5882 The Icon is a widget that displays standard icon images ("delete", "edit", "arrows", etc.)
5883 or images coming from a custom file (PNG, JPG, EDJE, etc.), on icon context.
5887 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Icon.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
5889 Creates and initializes a new instance of Icon class.
5891 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Icon as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
5893 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Icon.StandardIconName">
5895 Sets or gets the standard icon name of a given Icon widget.
5898 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Icon.IconLookupOrder">
5900 Sets or gets the icon lookup order of a given Icon widget.
5903 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Icon.SetThumb(System.String,System.String)">
5905 Sets the file that is used, but uses a generated thumbnail.
5907 <param name="file">The path to the file that is used as an icon image</param>
5908 <param name="group">The group that the icon belongs to</param>
5910 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Icon.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
5912 Adds a new icon object to the parent.
5914 <param name="parent">EvasObject</param>
5915 <returns>The new object, otherwise NULL if it cannot be created</returns>
5917 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Image">
5919 The Image is a widget that allows one to load and display an image file on it,
5920 be it from a disk file or from a memory region.
5924 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
5926 Creates and initializes a new instance of Image class.
5928 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Image as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
5930 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Image.Clicked">
5932 Clicked will be triggered when the image is clicked.
5935 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Image.LoadingCompleted">
5937 LoadingCompleted will be triggered when the image is loaded completely.
5940 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Image.LoadingFailed">
5942 Clicked will be triggered when the image is fail to load.
5945 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.File">
5947 Gets the file that is used as an image.
5950 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsSmooth">
5952 Sets or gets the smooth effect for an image.
5955 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsScaling">
5957 Sets or gets whether scaling is disabled on the object.
5960 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.CanScaleDown">
5962 Sets or gets whether the object is down resizeable.
5965 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.CanScaleUp">
5967 Sets or gets whether the object is up resizeable.
5970 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.CanFillOutside">
5972 Sets or gets whether the image fills the entire object area, when keeping the aspect ratio.
5975 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.PrescaleSize">
5977 Sets or gets the prescale size for the image.
5980 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsFixedAspect">
5982 Sets or gets whether the original aspect ratio of the image should be kept on resize.
5985 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsAnimated">
5987 Sets or gets whether an image object (which supports animation) is to animate itself.
5990 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsAnimatedAvailable">
5992 Gets whether an image object supports animation.
5995 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsAnimationPlaying">
5997 Sets or gets whether an image object is under animation.
6000 An image object, even if it supports animation, will be displayed by default without animation.
6001 To actually start playing any image object's animation, <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsAnimated"/> should be TRUE before setting this property true.
6004 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsEditable">
6006 Sets or gets whether the image is 'editable'.
6009 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.ObjectSize">
6011 Gets the current size of the image.
6014 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsOpaque">
6016 Sets or gets whether alpha channel data is being used on the given image object.
6019 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.Orientation">
6021 Sets or gets the image orientation.
6024 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.Color">
6026 Sets or gets the image color
6029 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.BackgroundColor">
6031 Sets the background color
6034 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.SetBorder(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
6036 Sets the dimensions for an image object's border, a region which is not scaled together with its center ever.
6038 <param name="left">The border's left width</param>
6039 <param name="right">The border's right width</param>
6040 <param name="top">The border's top width</param>
6041 <param name="bottom">The border's bottom width</param>
6043 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.BorderCenterFillMode">
6045 Sets or gets if the center part of the given image object (not the border) should be drawn.
6048 When rendering, the image may be scaled to fit the size of the image object.
6049 This function sets if the center part of the scaled image is to be drawn or left completely blank, or forced to be solid.
6050 Very useful for frames and decorations.
6053 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.Load(System.String)">
6055 Sets the file that is used as the image's source.
6057 <param name="file">The path to the file that is used as an image source</param>
6058 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
6060 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.Load(System.Uri)">
6062 Sets the uri that is used as the image's source.
6064 <param name="uri">The uri to the file that is used as an image source</param>
6065 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
6067 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.Load(System.Byte*,System.Int64)">
6069 Sets a location in the memory to be used as an image object's source bitmap.
6072 This function is handy when the contents of an image file are mapped into the memory, for example.
6073 The format string should be something like "png", "jpg", "tga", "tiff", "bmp" etc, when provided (null, on the contrary).
6074 This improves the loader performance as it tries the "correct" loader first, before trying a range of other possible loaders until one succeeds.
6076 <param name="img">The binary data that is used as an image source</param>
6077 <param name="size">The size of the binary data blob img</param>
6078 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
6080 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.Load(System.IO.Stream)">
6082 Sets the stream that is used as the image's source.
6084 <param name="stream">The stream that is used as an image source</param>
6085 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
6087 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.LoadAsync(System.String,System.Threading.CancellationToken)">
6089 Sets the file that is used as the image's source with async.
6091 <param name="file">The path to the file that is used as an image source</param>
6092 <param name="cancellationToken">cancellation token</param>
6093 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
6095 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.LoadAsync(System.Uri,System.Threading.CancellationToken)">
6097 Sets the uri that is used as the image's source with async.
6099 <param name="uri">The uri to the file that is used as an image source</param>
6100 <param name="cancellationToken">cancellation token</param>
6101 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
6103 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.LoadAsync(System.IO.Stream,System.Threading.CancellationToken)">
6105 Sets the stream that is used as the image's source with async.
6107 <param name="stream">The stream that is used as an image source</param>
6108 <param name="cancellationToken">cancellation token</param>
6109 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
6111 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
6113 Sets the color of color class for a given widget.
6115 <param name="part">The name of color class.</param>
6116 <param name="color">The struct of color</param>
6118 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.GetPartColor(System.String)">
6120 Gets the color of color class for a given widget.
6122 <param name="part">The name of color class.</param>
6123 <returns>color object</returns>
6125 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6127 Sets the content at a part of a given container widget.
6129 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Image as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
6130 <returns>The new object, otherwise null if it cannot be created</returns>
6132 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ImageBorderFillMode">
6134 Enumeration for the fill mode of image border
6137 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageBorderFillMode.None">
6139 None mode of image border
6142 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageBorderFillMode.Default">
6144 Default mode of image border
6147 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageBorderFillMode.Solid">
6149 Solid mode of image border
6152 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation">
6154 Enumeration for the possible orientation options
6157 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.None">
6159 No orientation change
6162 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.Rotate90">
6164 Rotate 90 degrees clockwise
6167 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.Rotate180">
6169 Rotate 180 degrees clockwise
6172 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.Rotate270">
6174 Rotate 90 degrees counter-clockwise (i.e. 270 degrees clockwise)
6177 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.FlipHorizontal">
6179 Flip image horizontally
6182 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.FlipVertical">
6184 Flip image vertically
6187 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.FlipTranspose">
6189 Flip the image along the y = (width - x) line (bottom-left to top-right)
6192 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.FlipTransverse">
6194 Flip the image along the y = x line (top-left to bottom-right)
6197 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Index">
6199 An index widget gives you an index for fast access to whichever group of other UI items one might have.
6203 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6205 Creates and initializes a new instance of Index class.
6207 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Index as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
6209 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Index.Changed">
6211 Changed will be triggered when the selected index item is changed.
6214 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.AutoHide">
6216 Sets or gets the auto hiding feature is enabled or not for a given index widget.
6219 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.IsHorizontal">
6221 Sets or gets a value whether horizontal mode is enabled or not.
6224 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.IndicatorVisible">
6226 Sets or gets the value of indicator's disabled status.
6229 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.OmitEnabled">
6231 Sets or gets the omit feature is enabled or not for a given index widget.
6234 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.Delay">
6236 Set a delay change time for index object.
6237 delay time is 0.2 sec by default.
6240 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.Level">
6242 Gets or sets the items level for a given index widget.
6245 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.Priority">
6247 Control standard_priority group of index.
6248 Priority group will be shown as many items as it can, and other group will be shown one character only.
6251 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.SelectedItem">
6253 Gets the last selected item, for a given index widget.
6256 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.Append(System.String)">
6258 Append a new item on a given index widget.
6260 <param name="label">the label which the item should be indexed</param>
6261 <returns>A object to the IndexItem added or null, on errors</returns>
6263 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.Prepend(System.String)">
6265 Prepend a new item on a given index widget.
6267 <param name="label">the label which the item should be indexed</param>
6268 <returns>A handle to the item added or NULL, on errors</returns>
6270 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.InsertBefore(System.String,ElmSharp.IndexItem)">
6272 Insert a new item into the index object before item before.
6274 <param name="label">the label which the item should be indexed</param>
6275 <param name="before">The index item to insert after.</param>
6276 <returns>A object to the IndexItem added or null, on errors</returns>
6278 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.InsertAfter(System.String,ElmSharp.IndexItem)">
6280 Insert a new item into the index object after item after.
6282 <param name="label">the label which the item should be indexed</param>
6283 <param name="after">The index item to insert after.</param>
6284 <returns>A object to the IndexItem added or null, on errors</returns>
6286 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.Update(System.Int32)">
6288 Flush the changes made to the index items so they work correctly.
6290 <param name="level">The index level (one of 0 or 1) where changes were made</param>
6292 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.Clear">
6294 Removes all items from a given index widget.
6297 <member name="T:ElmSharp.IndexItem">
6299 The IndexItem is used to manage index item
6303 <member name="M:ElmSharp.IndexItem.#ctor(System.String)">
6305 Creates and initializes a new instance of IndexItem class.
6307 <param name="text">the text is set to the Text. It's 'string' type.</param>
6309 <member name="E:ElmSharp.IndexItem.Selected">
6311 Selected will be triggered when the index item is selected
6314 <member name="P:ElmSharp.IndexItem.Text">
6319 <member name="M:ElmSharp.IndexItem.Select(System.Boolean)">
6321 Sets the selected state of an item.
6323 <param name="selected">The selected state</param>
6325 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject">
6327 The ItemObject is used to manage item object
6330 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.#ctor(System.IntPtr)">
6332 Creates and initializes a new instance of ItemObject class.
6334 <param name="handle">IntPtr</param>
6336 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Id">
6338 Gets the id of item object
6341 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ItemObject.IsEnabled">
6343 Sets or gets whether the item object is enabled
6346 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ItemObject.TrackObject">
6348 Gets track object of the item.
6351 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Deleted">
6353 Deleted will be triggered when the item object is deleted
6356 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete">
6358 Delete the item object
6361 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6363 Set a content of an object item and delete old content
6365 <param name="part">The content part name (null for the default content)</param>
6366 <param name="content">The content of the object item</param>
6368 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)">
6370 Set a content of an object item
6372 <param name="part">The content part name (null for the default content)</param>
6373 <param name="content">The content of the object item</param>
6374 <param name="preserveOldContent">judge whether delete old content</param>
6376 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.SetPartText(System.String,System.String)">
6378 Set a label of an object item
6380 <param name="part">The text part name (null for the default label)</param>
6381 <param name="text">Text of the label</param>
6383 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.GetPartText(System.String)">
6385 Gets a label of an object item
6387 <param name="part">The text part name (null for the default label)</param>
6390 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
6392 Sets color of an object item
6394 <param name="part">The text part name (null for the default label)</param>
6395 <param name="color">the color</param>
6397 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.GetPartColor(System.String)">
6399 Gets color of an object item
6401 <param name="part">The text part name (null for the default label)</param>
6402 <returns>the color of object item</returns>
6404 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.DeletePartColor(System.String)">
6406 Deletes color of an object item
6408 <param name="part">The text part name</param>
6410 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.AddSignalHandler(System.String,System.String,System.Func{System.String,System.String,System.Boolean})">
6412 Add a function for a signal emitted by object item edje.
6414 <param name="emission">The signal's name.</param>
6415 <param name="source">The signal's source.</param>
6416 <param name="func">The function to be executed when the signal is emitted.</param>
6418 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.RemoveSignalHandler(System.String,System.String,System.Func{System.String,System.String,System.Boolean})">
6420 Remove a signal-triggered function from a object item edje object.
6422 <param name="emission">The signal's name.</param>
6423 <param name="source">The signal's source.</param>
6424 <param name="func">The function to be executed when the signal is emitted.</param>
6426 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.EmitSignal(System.String,System.String)">
6428 Send a signal to the edje object of the widget item.
6430 <param name="emission">The signal's name.</param>
6431 <param name="source">The signal's source.</param>
6433 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.op_Implicit(ElmSharp.ItemObject)~System.IntPtr">
6435 Gets the handle of object item
6437 <param name="obj">ItemObject</param>
6439 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.OnInvalidate">
6441 OnInvalidate of object item
6444 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ItemObjectExtension">
6446 The ItemObjectExtension is used to manage item object extension
6449 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObjectExtension.GrabHighlight(ElmSharp.ItemObject)">
6451 Grab high light of item object
6453 <param name="obj">the item object which is grabbed high light</param>
6455 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObjectExtension.ClearHighlight(ElmSharp.ItemObject)">
6457 Clear high light of item object
6459 <param name="obj">the item object which is cleared high light</param>
6461 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Label">
6463 Label is a widget to display text, with simple html-like markup.
6467 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Label.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6469 Creates and initializes a new instance of Label class.
6471 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Label as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
6473 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Label.SlideCompleted">
6475 SlideCompleted will be triggered when the slide is completed.
6478 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.LineWrapWidth">
6480 Sets or gets wrap width of the label.
6483 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.LineWrapType">
6485 Sets or gets the wrapping behavior of the label.
6488 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.SlideMode">
6490 Sets or gets the slide mode of the label widget.
6493 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.SlideDuration">
6495 Sets or gets the slide duration of the label.
6498 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.SlideSpeed">
6500 Sets or gets the slide Speed of the label.
6503 The speed of the slide animation in px per seconds.
6504 If you set the duration of the slide using elm_label_slide_duration_set() you cannot get the correct speed using this function until the label is actually rendered and resized.
6506 <seealso cref="P:ElmSharp.Label.SlideDuration"/>
6508 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.IsEllipsis">
6510 Sets or gets the ellipsis behavior of the label.
6513 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.TextStyle">
6515 Sets or gets the style of the label text.
6518 APIs, elm_label_text_style_user_peek/pop/push, are internal APIs only in Tizen. Avalilable since Tizen_4.0.
6522 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Label.PlaySlide">
6527 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Label.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6529 Sets the content at a part of a given container widget.
6531 <param name="parent">EvasObject</param>
6532 <returns>The new object, otherwise null if it cannot be created</returns>
6534 <member name="T:ElmSharp.LabelSlideMode">
6536 Enumeration for slide mode of a label widget
6539 <member name="F:ElmSharp.LabelSlideMode.None">
6544 <member name="F:ElmSharp.LabelSlideMode.Auto">
6546 slide only if the label area is bigger than the text width length
6549 <member name="F:ElmSharp.LabelSlideMode.Always">
6554 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Layout">
6556 This is a container widget that takes a standard Edje design file and wraps it very thinly in a widget.
6560 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6562 Creates and initializes a new instance of Layout class.
6564 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Layout as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
6566 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Layout.LanguageChanged">
6568 LanguageChanged will be triggered when the program's language is changed.
6571 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Layout.ThemeChanged">
6573 ThemeChanged will be triggered when the theme is changed.
6576 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Layout.EdjeObject">
6578 Gets the edje layout.
6581 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Layout.TextBlockAccessibility">
6583 Gets or sets accessibility state of texblock(text) parts in the layout object.
6586 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.Freeze">
6588 Freezes the Elementary layout object.
6589 This function puts all changes on hold.
6590 Successive freezes will nest, requiring an equal number of thaws.
6592 <returns>The frozen state or 0 if the object is not frozen or on error.</returns>
6594 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.Thaw">
6596 Thaws the Elementary object.
6597 If sucessives freezes were done, an equal number of thaws will be required.
6599 <returns>The frozen state or 0 if the object is not frozen or on error.</returns>
6601 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.Resizing">
6604 Manually forces a sizing re-evaluation.
6605 This is useful when the minimum size required by the edje theme of this layout has changed.
6606 The change on the minimum size required by the edje theme is not immediately reported to the elementary layout, so one needs to call this function in order to tell the widget (layout) that it needs to reevaluate its own size.
6607 The minimum size of the theme is calculated based on minimum size of parts, the size of elements inside containers like box and table, etc.
6608 All of this can change due to state changes, and that's when this function should be called.
6611 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.Resizing(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
6613 Request sizing reevaluation, restricted to current width and/or height.
6614 Useful mostly when there are TEXTBLOCK parts defining the height of the object and nothing else restricting it to a minimum width.Calling this function will restrict the minimum size in the Edje calculation to whatever size it the layout has at the moment.
6616 <param name="width">Restrict minimum size ot the current width.</param>
6617 <param name="height">Restrict minimum size ot the current height.</param>
6619 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.GetEdjeData(System.String)">
6621 Get the edje data from the given layout.
6622 This function fetches data specified inside the edje theme of this layout.
6623 This function return NULL if data is not found.
6625 <param name="key">The data key</param>
6626 <returns>The data</returns>
6628 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.GetPartText(System.String)">
6630 Gets the text set in the given part.
6632 <param name="part">The TEXT part to retrieve the text off.</param>
6635 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetPartText(System.String,System.String)">
6637 Sets the text set in the given part.
6639 <param name="part">The TEXT part to retrieve the text off.</param>
6640 <param name="text">The text to set.</param>
6643 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxAppend(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6645 Append child to layout box part.
6646 Once the object is appended, it will become child of the layout.
6647 Its lifetime will be bound to the layout, whenever the layout dies the child will be deleted automatically.
6649 <param name="part">The part</param>
6650 <param name="child">The Object to append</param>
6651 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
6653 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxPrepend(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6655 Prepend child to layout box part.
6656 Once the object is prepended, it will become child of the layout.
6657 Its lifetime will be bound to the layout, whenever the layout dies the child will be deleted automatically.
6659 <param name="part">The part</param>
6660 <param name="child">The Object to prepend</param>
6661 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
6663 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxRemove(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6665 Remove a child of the given part box.
6666 The object will be removed from the box part and its lifetime will not be handled by the layout anymore.
6668 <param name="part">The part</param>
6669 <param name="child">The Object to remove</param>
6670 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
6672 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxRemoveAll(System.String,System.Boolean)">
6674 Remove all children of the given part box.
6675 The objects will be removed from the box part and their lifetime will not be handled by the layout anymore.
6677 <param name="part">The part</param>
6678 <param name="clear">If true, then all objects will be deleted as well, otherwise they will just be removed and will be dangling on the canvas.</param>
6679 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
6681 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxInsertAt(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.UInt32)">
6683 Insert child to layout box part at a given position.
6684 Once the object is inserted, it will become child of the layout.
6685 Its lifetime will be bound to the layout, whenever the layout dies the child will be deleted automatically.
6687 <param name="part">The part</param>
6688 <param name="child">The child object to insert into box.</param>
6689 <param name="position">The numeric position >=0 to insert the child.</param>
6690 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
6692 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxInsertBefore(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6694 Insert child to layout box part before a reference object.
6695 Once the object is inserted, it will become child of the layout.
6696 Its lifetime will be bound to the layout, whenever the layout dies the child will be deleted automatically.
6698 <param name="part"></param>
6699 <param name="child">The child object to insert into box.</param>
6700 <param name="reference">Another reference object to insert before in box.</param>
6701 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
6703 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6705 Sets the layout content.
6707 <param name="part">The swallow part name in the edje file</param>
6708 <param name="content">The child that will be added in this layout object.</param>
6709 <returns>TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise</returns>
6711 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)">
6713 Sets the layout content.
6715 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
6716 <param name="content">The content</param>
6717 <param name="preserveOldContent">true, preserve old content will be unset. false, preserve old content will not be unset.</param>
6718 <returns>TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise</returns>
6720 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetTheme(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
6722 Sets the edje group from the elementary theme that is used as a layout.
6724 <param name="klass">The class of the group</param>
6725 <param name="group">The group</param>
6726 <param name="style">The style to use</param>
6728 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetFile(System.String,System.String)">
6730 Sets the file that is used as a layout.
6732 <param name="file">The path to the file (edj) that is used as a layout</param>
6733 <param name="group">The group that the layout belongs to in the edje file</param>
6735 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Layout.BackgroundColor">
6737 Sets the back ground color of layout
6740 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetVerticalTextAlignment(System.String,System.Double)">
6742 Sets the vertical text alignment of layout's text part
6745 API, elm_layout_text_valign_set, is an internal API only in Tizen. Avalilable since Tizen_4.0.
6748 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.GetVerticalTextAlignment(System.String)">
6750 Gets the vertical text alignment of layout's text part
6753 API, elm_layout_text_valign_get, is internal API only in Tizen. Avalilable since Tizen_4.0.
6756 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6758 Sets the content at a part of a given container widget.
6760 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Layout as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
6761 <returns>The new object, otherwise null if it cannot be created</returns>
6763 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ListMode">
6765 Enumeration for setting list's resizing behavior, transverse axis scrolling and items cropping.
6768 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ListMode.Compress">
6770 The list won't set any of its size hints to inform how a possible container should resize it.
6771 Then, if it's not created as a "resize object", it might end with zeroed dimensions.
6772 The list will respect the container's geometry and, if any of its items won't fit into its transverse axis, one won't be able to scroll it in that direction.
6775 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ListMode.Scroll">
6777 This is the same as Compress, with the exception that if any of its items won't fit into its transverse axis, one will be able to scroll it in that direction.
6780 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ListMode.Limit">
6782 Sets a minimum size hint on the genlist object, so that containers may respect it (and resize itself to fit the child properly).
6783 More specifically, a minimum size hint will be set for its transverse axis, so that the largest item in that direction fits well.
6784 This is naturally bound by the list object's maximum size hints, set externally.
6787 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ListMode.Expand">
6789 Besides setting a minimum size on the transverse axis, just like on Limit, the list will set a minimum size on th longitudinal axis, trying to reserve space to all its children to be visible at a time.
6790 This is naturally bound by the list object's maximum size hints, set externally.
6793 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ListItemEventArgs">
6795 It inherits System.EventArgs.
6796 It contains Item which is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ListItem"/> type.
6797 All events of List contain ListItemEventArgs as a parameter.
6800 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ListItemEventArgs.Item">
6802 Gets or sets List item. The return type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ListItem"/>.
6805 <member name="T:ElmSharp.List">
6807 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
6808 The List is a widget that aims to display simple list item which has 2 icons and 1 text, and can be selected.
6809 For more robust lists, <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenList"/> should probably be used.
6811 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenList"/>
6812 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGrid"/>
6814 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6816 Creates and initializes a new instance of the List class.
6818 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by List as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
6820 <member name="P:ElmSharp.List.Mode">
6822 Gets or sets which mode to use for the list.
6825 <member name="P:ElmSharp.List.SelectedItem">
6827 Gets the selected item.
6830 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemSelected">
6832 ItemSelected is raised when a new list item is selected.
6835 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemUnselected">
6837 ItemUnselected is raised when the list item is Unselected.
6840 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemDoubleClicked">
6842 ItemDoubleClicked is raised when a new list item is double clicked.
6845 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemLongPressed">
6847 ItemLongPressed is raised when a list item is pressed for a certain amount of time. By default it's 1 second.
6850 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemActivated">
6852 ItemActivated is raised when a new list item is double clicked or pressed (enter|return|spacebar).
6855 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Update">
6858 Call before running <see cref="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Show"/> on the list object.
6859 If not called, it won't display the list properly.
6862 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Append(System.String)">
6864 Appends a new item with a text to the end of a given list widget.
6866 <param name="label">The text for the item.</param>
6867 <returns>Return a new added list item that contains a text.</returns>
6868 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.ListItem"/>
6870 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Append(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6872 Appends a new item with a text and 2 icons to the end of a given list widget.
6874 <param name="label">The text for the item.</param>
6875 <param name="leftIcon">The left icon for the item.</param>
6876 <param name="rightIcon">The right icon for the item.</param>
6877 <returns>Return a new added list item that contains a text and 2 icons.</returns>
6878 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.ListItem"/>
6880 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Prepend(System.String)">
6882 Prepends a new item with a text to the beginning of a given list widget.
6884 <param name="label">The text for the item.</param>
6885 <returns>Return a new added list item that contains a text.</returns>
6887 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Prepend(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6889 Prepends a new item with a text and 2 icons to the beginning of a given list widget.
6891 <param name="label">The text for the item.</param>
6892 <param name="leftIcon">The left icon for the item.</param>
6893 <param name="rigthIcon">The right icon for the item.</param>
6894 <returns>Return a new added list item that contains a text and 2 icons.</returns>
6896 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Clear">
6898 Removes all items from a given list widget.
6899 To delete just one item, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete"/>.
6902 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ListItem">
6904 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject"/>.
6905 A instance to the list item added.
6906 It contains Text, LeftIcon and RightIcon properties to show a list item which is given.
6909 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ListItem.Text">
6911 Gets the text for the list item.
6914 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ListItem.LeftIcon">
6916 Gets the left icon for the list item.
6919 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ListItem.RightIcon">
6921 Gets the right icon for the list item.
6924 <member name="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry">
6926 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
6927 The MultiButtonEntry is a widget letting an user enter text and each chunk of text managed as a set of buttons.
6928 Each text button is inserted by pressing the "return" key. If there is no space in the current row, a new button is added to the next row.
6929 When a text button is pressed, it will become focused. Backspace removes the focus. When the multi-button entry loses focus, items longer than one line are shrunk to one line.
6930 The typical use case of multi-button entry is composing emails/messages to a group of addresses, each of which is an item that can be clicked for further actions.
6933 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
6935 Creates and initializes a new instance of the MultiButtonEntry class.
6937 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by MultiButtonEntry as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
6939 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Clicked">
6941 Clicked is raised when a MultiButtonEntry is clicked.
6944 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Expanded">
6946 Expanded is raised when a MultiButtonEntry is expanded.
6949 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Contracted">
6951 Contracted is raised when a MultiButtonEntry is contracted.
6954 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ExpandedStateChanged">
6956 ExpandedStateChanged is raised when shrink mode state of MultiButtonEntry is changed.
6959 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemSelected">
6961 ItemSelected is raised when an item is selected by api, user interaction, and etc.
6962 This is also raised when a user press back space while cursor is on the first field of entry.
6965 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemClicked">
6967 ItemClicked is raised when an item is clicked by user interaction.
6970 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemLongPressed">
6972 ItemLongPressed is raised when MultiButtonEntry item is pressed for a long time.
6975 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemAdded">
6977 ItemAdded is raised when a new MultiButtonEntry item is added.
6980 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemDeleted">
6982 ItemDeleted is raised when a MultiButtonEntry item is deleted.
6985 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.SelectedItem">
6987 Gets the selected item in the multibuttonentry.
6990 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.IsEditable">
6992 Gets or sets whether the multibuttonentry is editable or not.
6995 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.IsExpanded">
6997 Gets or sets the multibuttonentry to expanded state.
6998 If true, expanded state.
6999 If false, single line state.
7002 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.FirstItem">
7004 Gets the first item in the multibuttonentry.
7007 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.LastItem">
7009 Gets the last item in the multibuttonentry.
7012 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Entry">
7014 Gets the entry object int the multibuttonentry.
7017 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Append(System.String)">
7019 Append a new item to the multibuttonentry.
7021 <param name="label">The label of new item.</param>
7022 <returns>A MultiButtonEntryItem to the item added.</returns>
7024 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Prepend(System.String)">
7026 Prepend a new item to the multibuttonentry.
7028 <param name="label">The label of new item.</param>
7029 <returns>A MultiButtonEntryItem to the item added.</returns>
7031 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem,System.String)">
7033 Add a new item to the multibuttonentry before the indicated object reference.
7035 <param name="before">The item before which to add it.</param>
7036 <param name="label">The label of new item.</param>
7037 <returns>A MultiButtonEntryItem to the item added.</returns>
7039 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem,System.String)">
7041 Add a new item to the multibuttonentry after the indicated object.
7043 <param name="after">The item after which to add it.</param>
7044 <param name="label">The label of new item.</param>
7045 <returns>A MultiButtonEntryItem to the item added.</returns>
7047 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Clear">
7049 Remove all items in the multibuttonentry.
7052 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.AppendFilter(System.Func{System.String,System.Boolean})">
7054 Append an item filter function for text inserted in the Multibuttonentry.
7056 <param name="func">The function to use as item filter.</param>
7058 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.PrependFilter(System.Func{System.String,System.Boolean})">
7060 Prepend a filter function for text inserted in the Multibuttonentry.
7062 <param name="func">The function to use as text filter.</param>
7064 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.RemoveFilter(System.Func{System.String,System.Boolean})">
7066 Remove a filter from the list.
7068 <param name="func">The filter function to remove.</param>
7070 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.SetFormatCallback(System.Func{System.Int32,System.String})">
7072 Set a function to format the string that will be used to display the hidden items counter.
7073 If func is NULL, the default format will be used, which is "+ 'the hidden items counter'".
7075 <param name="func">The function to return string to show</param>
7077 <member name="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItemEventArgs">
7079 It inherits System.EventArgs.
7080 The MultiButtonEntryItemEventArgs is a argument for all events of MultiButtonEntry.
7081 It contains Item which is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem"/> type.
7084 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItemEventArgs.Item">
7086 Gets or sets MultiButtonEntryItem item. The return type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem"/>.
7089 <member name="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem">
7091 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject"/>.
7092 MutltiButtonEntryItem is a item which is added to MultiButtonEntry.
7093 It contains Next and Prev properties to get next and previous item.
7096 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.#ctor(System.String)">
7098 Creates and initializes a new instance of the MultiButtonEntryItem class.
7100 <param name="text">The text of MultiButtonEntryItem's Label name.</param>
7102 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.Label">
7104 Gets the label of this item.
7107 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.IsSelected">
7109 Gets or sets the selected state of an item.
7112 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.Next">
7114 Get the next item in the multibuttonentry.
7117 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.Prev">
7119 Get the previous item in the multibuttonentry.
7122 <member name="T:ElmSharp.NaviframeEventArgs">
7124 The NaviframeEventArgs is a event args class for navi frame.
7128 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviframeEventArgs.Content">
7130 Sets or gets the content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".
7133 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Naviframe">
7135 Naviframe is a widget to stands for navigation frame. It's a views manager for applications.
7139 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7141 Creates and initializes a new instance of Naviframe class.
7143 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Naviframe as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
7145 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Popped">
7147 Popped will be triggered when NaviItem is removed.
7150 It is always called when NaviItem was removed.
7151 (even if removed by NaviItem.Delete())
7152 This event will be invoked in progress of Pop/Delete operation.
7153 After called Popped event, Pop/Delete method will be returned
7156 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Naviframe.AnimationFinished">
7158 AnimationFinished will be triggered when animation is finished.
7161 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Naviframe.NavigationStack">
7163 Gets the list of navi item
7166 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Naviframe.PreserveContentOnPop">
7168 Sets or gets the the preserve content objects when items are popped.
7171 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Naviframe.DefaultBackButtonEnabled">
7173 Sets or gets whether the default back button is enabled
7176 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Push(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7178 Push a new item to the top of the naviframe stack and show it.
7179 The title and style are null.
7181 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7182 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
7184 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Push(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
7186 Push a new item to the top of the naviframe stack and show it.
7189 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7190 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
7193 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Push(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String,System.String)">
7195 Push a new item to the top of the naviframe stack and show it.
7197 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7198 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
7199 <param name="style">The current item style name. null would be default.</param>
7200 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
7202 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7204 Insert a new item into the naviframe before item.
7205 The title is "" and the style is null.
7207 <param name="before">The item which the new item is inserted before.</param>
7208 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7209 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
7211 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
7213 Insert a new item into the naviframe before item.
7216 <param name="before">The item which the new item is inserted before.</param>
7217 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7218 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
7219 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
7221 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String,System.String)">
7223 Insert a new item into the naviframe before item.
7225 <param name="before">The item which the new item is inserted before.</param>
7226 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7227 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
7228 <param name="style">The current item style name. null would be default.</param>
7229 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
7231 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7233 Insert a new item into the naviframe after item.
7234 The title is "" and the style is null.
7236 <param name="after">The item which the new item is inserted after.</param>
7237 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7238 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
7240 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
7242 Insert a new item into the naviframe after item.
7245 <param name="after">The item which the new item is inserted after.</param>
7246 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7247 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
7248 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
7250 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String,System.String)">
7252 Insert a new item into the naviframe after item.
7254 <param name="after">The item which the new item is inserted after.</param>
7255 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
7256 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
7257 <param name="style">The current item style name. null would be default.</param>
7258 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
7260 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Pop">
7262 Pop an item that is on top of the stack.
7265 <member name="T:ElmSharp.NaviItem">
7267 The NaviItem is a widget to contain the contents to show in Naviframe.
7271 <member name="E:ElmSharp.NaviItem.Popped">
7273 Popped will be triggered when NaviItem is removed.
7276 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviItem.Content">
7278 Gets the content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".
7281 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviItem.TitleBarVisible">
7283 Sets or gets a value whether title area is enabled or not.
7286 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviItem.TitleBarBackgroundColor">
7288 Sets or gets the title bar background color
7291 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviItem.Style">
7293 Sets or gets an item style.
7296 <member name="M:ElmSharp.NaviItem.OnInvalidate">
7298 Invalidate the EventArgs if _isPopped is false.
7299 The method should be overridden in children class.
7302 <member name="T:ElmSharp.PanelDirection">
7304 Enumeration for paneldirection type.
7307 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PanelDirection.Top">
7312 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PanelDirection.Bottom">
7317 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PanelDirection.Left">
7322 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PanelDirection.Right">
7327 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Panel">
7329 The Panel is a container that can contain subobjects.
7332 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panel.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7334 Creates and initializes a new instance of Panel class.
7336 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Panel will be attached as a child.</param>
7338 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panel.IsOpen">
7340 Sets or gets the hidden status of a given Panel widget.
7343 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panel.Direction">
7345 Sets or gets the direction of a given Panel widget.
7348 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Panel.Toggled">
7350 Toggled will be triggered when toggles Panel.
7353 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panel.SetScrollable(System.Boolean)">
7355 Enable or disable scrolling in the Panel.
7357 <param name="enable">
7358 Bool value can be false or true.
7361 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panel.SetScrollableArea(System.Double)">
7363 Sets the scroll size of Panel.
7365 <param name="ratio">
7366 The size of scroll area.
7369 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panel.Toggle">
7371 Toggles the hidden state of the Panel.
7374 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Panes">
7376 The Panes is a widget that adds a draggable bar between two contents.
7377 When dragged this bar resizes contents' size.
7380 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panes.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7382 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Panes class.
7384 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Panes will be attached as a child.</param>
7386 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Panes.Pressed">
7388 Pressed will be triggered when panes have been pressed (button isn't released yet).
7391 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Panes.Unpressed">
7393 Unpressed will be triggered when panes are released after being pressed.
7396 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.IsFixed">
7398 Sets or gets resize mode of a given Panes widget.
7399 True means the left and right panes resize homogeneously.
7402 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.Proportion">
7404 Sets or Gets the size proportion of the Panes widget's left side.
7407 By default it's homogeneous, i.e., both sides have the same size.If something different is required,
7408 it can be set with this function. For example, if the left content should be displayed over 75% of the panes size,
7409 size should be passed as 0.75. This way, the right content is resized to 25% of the panes size.
7410 If displayed vertically, left content is displayed at the top, and right content at the bottom.
7411 This proportion changes when the user drags the panes bar.
7413 The value is float type and between 0.0 and 1.0 representing the size proportion of the left side.
7416 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.IsHorizontal">
7418 Sets or gets the orientation of a given Panes widget.
7421 Use this function to change how your panes is to be disposed: vertically or horizontally.
7422 Horizontal panes have "top" and "bottom" contents, vertical panes have "left" and "right" contents.
7423 By default panes is in a vertical mode.
7426 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.LeftMinimumSize">
7428 Sets or gets the absolute minimum size of panes widget's left side.
7429 If displayed vertically, left content is displayed at top.
7430 value representing minimum size of left side in pixels.
7433 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.LeftMinimumRelativeSize">
7435 Sets or gets the relative minimum size of panes widget's left side.
7436 proportion of minimum size of left side.
7437 If displayed vertically, left content is displayed at top.
7438 value between 0.0 and 1.0 representing size proportion of minimum size of left side.
7441 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.RightMinimumSize">
7443 Sets or gets the absolute minimum size of panes widget's right side.
7444 If displayed vertically, right content is displayed at top.
7445 value representing minimum size of right side in pixels.
7448 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.RightMinimumRelativeSize">
7450 Sets or gets the relative minimum size of panes widget's right side.
7451 proportion of minimum size of right side.
7452 If displayed vertically, right content is displayed at top.
7453 value between 0.0 and 1.0 representing size proportion of minimum size of right side.
7456 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Point">
7458 The Point is a struct that defines a 2-D point as a pair of generic type.
7461 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point.X">
7463 Location along the horizontal axis.
7466 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point.Y">
7468 Location along the vertical axis.
7471 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Point.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Point,ElmSharp.Point)">
7473 Whether the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" />s are equal.
7475 <param name="p1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" /> on the left hand side.</param>
7476 <param name="p2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" /> on the right hand side.</param>
7477 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" />s have equal values.</returns>
7479 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Point.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Point,ElmSharp.Point)">
7481 Whether two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" />s are not equal.
7483 <param name="p1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" /> on the left hand side.</param>
7484 <param name="p2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" /> on the right hand side.</param>
7485 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" />s do not have equal values.</returns>
7487 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Point3D">
7489 The Point3D is a Struct that defining a 3-D point.
7492 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point3D.X">
7494 The X coordinate of a 3D point.
7497 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point3D.Y">
7499 The Y coordinate of a 3D point.
7502 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point3D.Z">
7504 The Z coordinate of a 3D point.
7507 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Point3D.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Point3D,ElmSharp.Point3D)">
7509 Whether the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" />s are equal.
7511 <param name="p1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" /> on the left hand side.</param>
7512 <param name="p2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" /> on the right hand side.</param>
7513 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" />s have equal values.</returns>
7515 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Point3D.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Point3D,ElmSharp.Point3D)">
7517 Whether two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" />s are not equal.
7519 <param name="p1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" /> on the left hand side.</param>
7520 <param name="p2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" /> on the right hand side.</param>
7521 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" />s do not have equal values.</returns>
7523 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Polygon">
7525 The Polygon is a widget that used to draw a polygon (filled).
7528 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Polygon.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7530 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Polygon class.
7531 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Polygon will be attached as a child.</param>
7534 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Polygon.AddPoint(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
7536 Adds a new vertex to the Polygon.
7537 <param name="x">The X coordinate of the new vertex.</param>
7538 <param name="y">The Y coordinate of the new vertex.</param>
7541 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Polygon.AddPoint(ElmSharp.Point)">
7543 Adds a new vertex to the Polygon.
7544 <param name="p">The coordinates of the new vertex.</param>
7547 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Polygon.ClearPoints">
7549 Removes all the vertices of the Polygon, making it empty.
7552 <member name="T:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation">
7554 Enumeration for the popup orientation type.
7557 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Top">
7559 Appears in the top of parent, default.
7562 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Center">
7564 Appears in the center of parent.
7567 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Bottom">
7569 Appears in the bottom of parent.
7572 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Left">
7574 Appears in the left of parent.
7577 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Right">
7579 Appears in the right of parent.
7582 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.TopLeft">
7584 Appears in the top left of parent.
7587 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.TopRight">
7589 Appears in the top right of parent.
7592 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.BottomLeft">
7594 Appears in the bottom left of parent.
7597 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.BottomRight">
7599 Appears in the bottom right of parent.
7602 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Popup">
7604 The Popup is a widget that is an enhancement of Notify.
7605 In addition to content area, there are two optional sections, namely title area and action area.
7608 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Popup.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7610 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Popup class.
7612 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Popup will be attached as a child.</param>
7614 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Popup.Dismissed">
7616 Dismissed will be triggered when Popup have been dismissed.
7619 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Popup.OutsideClicked">
7621 OutsideClicked will be triggered when users taps on the outside of Popup.
7624 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Popup.TimedOut">
7626 OutsideClicked will be triggered when Popup is closed as a result of timeout.
7629 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Popup.ShowAnimationFinished">
7631 OutsideClicked will be triggered when the Popup transition is finished in showing.
7634 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.Orientation">
7636 Sets or gets the position in which Popup will appear in its parent.
7639 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.ContentTextWrapType">
7641 Sets or gets the wrapping type of content text packed in content area of Popup widget.
7644 <!-- Badly formed XML comment ignored for member "P:ElmSharp.Popup.Timeout" -->
7645 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.AllowEvents">
7647 Sets or gets whether events should be passed to event blocked area by a click outside.
7650 The visible region of popup is surrounded by a translucent region called Blocked Event area.
7653 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.AlignmentX">
7655 Sets or gets the AlignmentX in which the popup will appear in its parent.
7658 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.AlignmentY">
7660 Sets or gets the AlignmentY in which the popup will appear in its parent.
7663 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.Opacity">
7665 Gets the Opacity value of the Popup.
7668 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Popup.Append(System.String)">
7670 Adds label to a Popup widget.
7672 <param name="label"></param>
7673 <returns>The new PopupItem which contains label .</returns>
7675 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Popup.Append(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7677 Adds Label and icon to a Popup widget.
7679 <param name="label">The Label which will be added into a new PopupItem. </param>
7680 <param name="icon">The icon which will be added into a new PopupItem. </param>
7681 <returns>The new PopupItem which contains label and icon.</returns>
7683 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Popup.Dismiss">
7685 Uses this function to dismiss the popup in hide effect.
7686 when the Popup is dismissed, the "dismissed" signal will be emitted.
7689 <member name="T:ElmSharp.PopupItem">
7691 The PopupItem is a class that including icon and text.
7694 <member name="P:ElmSharp.PopupItem.Text">
7696 Gets the text label of popupitem.Return value is string.
7699 <member name="P:ElmSharp.PopupItem.Icon">
7701 Gets the icon EvasObject of popupitem.
7704 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ProgressBar">
7706 The ProgressBar is a widget for visually representing the progress status of a given job/task.
7709 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7711 Creates and initializes a new instance of the ProgressBar class.
7713 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new ProgressBar will be attached as a child.</param>
7715 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.ValueChanged">
7717 ValueChanged will be triggered when value of ProgressBar change.
7720 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.IsPulseMode">
7722 Sets or gets the value wheather a given ProgressBar widget is at the "pulsing mode".
7725 By default, progress bars display values from low to high value boundaries.
7726 There are, though, contexts in which the progress of a given task is unknown.
7727 For such cases, one can set a progress bar widget to a "pulsing state",
7728 to give the user an idea that some computation is being held,
7729 but without exact progress values. In the default theme,
7730 it animates its bar with the contents filling in constantly and back to non-filled, in a loop.
7733 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.Value">
7735 Sets or gets the value of ProgressBar.
7738 Use this property to set the progress bar levels.
7739 If you pass a value out of the specified range(0.0~1.0),
7740 it is interpreted as the closest of the boundary values in the range.
7743 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.SpanSize">
7745 Sets or gets the span value of ProgressBar.
7748 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.IsHorizontal">
7750 Sets or gets the value wheather a given ProgressBar widget is horizontal.
7753 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.IsInverted">
7755 Sets or gets the value whether a given progress bar widget's displaying values are inverted.
7758 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.UnitFormat">
7760 Sets or gets format string for a given progress bar widget's units label.
7763 If NULL is passed on format, it makes obj units area to be hidden completely.
7764 If not, it sets the format string for the units label's text.
7765 The units label is provided with a floating point value, so the units text displays at most one floating point value.
7766 Note that the units label is optional. Use a format string such as "%1.2f meters" for example.
7769 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.PlayPulse">
7771 Starts a given progress bar "pulsing" animation, if its under that mode.
7774 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.StopPulse">
7776 Stops a given progress bar "pulsing" animation, if its under that mode.
7779 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.GetPartValue(System.String)">
7781 Gets the part value of the given part of the Progressbar.
7783 <param name="part">Part of the Progressbar.</param>
7784 <returns>Returns value range is from 0.0 to 1.0.</returns>
7786 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.Color">
7788 Sets or gets the general or main color of the given Progressbar.
7791 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.SetPartValue(System.String,System.Double)">
7793 Sets the part value of the give part of the Progressbar.
7795 <param name="part">Part of the Progressbar.</param>
7796 <param name="value">Value range is from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
7798 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Radio">
7800 The Radio is a widget that allows for 1 or more options to be displayed and have the user choose only 1 of them.
7803 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Radio.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7805 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Radio class.
7807 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Radio will be attached as a child.</param>
7809 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Radio.ValueChanged">
7811 ValueChanged will be triggered when value of Radio change.
7814 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Radio.StateValue">
7816 Sets or gets a unique value to each Radio button.
7819 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Radio.GroupValue">
7821 Sets or gets the value of the radio group.
7824 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Radio.SetGroup(ElmSharp.Radio)">
7826 Adds this radio to a group of other radio objects.
7828 <param name="group">Group which add radio in.</param>
7830 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Rect">
7832 The Rect is a struct that represent rectangluar space.
7835 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Rect.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
7837 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Rect class.
7839 <param name="x">X axis value.</param>
7840 <param name="y">Y axis value.</param>
7841 <param name="w">Width value.</param>
7842 <param name="h">Height value.</param>
7844 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.X">
7846 Gets or sets the position of this Rectangle on the X axis.
7849 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Y">
7851 Gets or sets the position of this Rectangle on the Y axis.
7854 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Width">
7856 Gets or sets the width of this Rectangle.
7859 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Height">
7861 Gets or sets the height of this Rectangle.
7864 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Left">
7866 Gets the position of this Rectangle on the X axis.
7869 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Right">
7871 Gets the extent along the X axis.
7874 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Top">
7876 Gets the position of this Rectangle on the Y axis.
7879 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Bottom">
7881 Gets the extent along the Y axis.
7884 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Location">
7886 Gets the Point defined by Rectangle.Left and Rectangle.Top.
7889 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Size">
7891 Gets the extent of the Rectangle along its X and Y axis.
7894 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Rect.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Rect,ElmSharp.Rect)">
7896 Whether the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" />s are equal.
7898 <param name="r1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" /> on the left hand side.</param>
7899 <param name="r2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" /> on the right hand side.</param>
7900 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" />s have equal values.</returns>
7902 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Rect.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Rect,ElmSharp.Rect)">
7904 Whether two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" />s are not equal.
7906 <param name="r1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" /> on the left hand side.</param>
7907 <param name="r2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" /> on the right hand side.</param>
7908 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" />s do not have equal values.</returns>
7910 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Rectangle">
7912 The Rectangle is a class that used to draw a solid colored rectangle.
7915 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Rectangle.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7917 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Rectangle class.
7919 <param name="parent">The <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> to which the new Slider will be attached as a child.</param>
7921 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
7923 Enumeration for visible type of scrollbar.
7926 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto">
7928 Show scrollbars as needed
7931 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible">
7933 Always show scrollbars
7936 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible">
7938 Never show scrollbars
7941 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ScrollBlock">
7943 Enumeration for visible type of scrollbar.
7946 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBlock.None">
7948 Scrolling movement is allowed in both direction.(X axis and Y axis)
7951 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBlock.Vertical">
7953 Scrolling movement is not allowed in Y axis direction.
7956 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBlock.Horizontal">
7958 Scrolling movement is not allowed in X axis direction.
7961 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ScrollSingleDirection">
7963 Type that controls how the content is scrolled.
7966 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollSingleDirection.None">
7968 Scroll every direction.
7971 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollSingleDirection.Soft">
7973 Scroll single direction if the direction is certain.
7976 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollSingleDirection.Hard">
7978 Scroll only single direction.
7981 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Scroller">
7983 The Scroller is a container that holds and clips a single object and allows you to scroll across it.
7986 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
7988 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Scroller class.
7990 <param name="parent">The <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> to which the new Scroller will be attached as a child.</param>
7992 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Scroller.Scrolled">
7994 Scrolled will be triggered when the content has been scrolled.
7997 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Scroller.DragStart">
7999 DragStart will be triggered when dragging the contents around has started.
8002 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Scroller.DragStop">
8004 DragStop will be triggered when dragging the contents around has stopped.
8007 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Scroller.PageScrolled">
8009 PageScrolled will be triggered when the visible page has changed.
8012 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.CurrentRegion">
8014 Gets the current region in the content object that is visible through the Scroller.
8017 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
8019 Sets or gets the value of HorizontalScrollBarVisiblePolicy
8022 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto means the horizontal scrollbar is made visible if it is needed, and otherwise kept hidden.
8023 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible turns it on all the time, and ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible always keeps it off.
8026 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
8028 Sets or gets the value of VerticalScrollBarVisiblePolicy
8031 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto means the vertical scrollbar is made visible if it is needed, and otherwise kept hidden.
8032 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible turns it on all the time, and ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible always keeps it off.
8035 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.ScrollBlock">
8037 Sets or gets the value of ScrollBlock.
8040 This function will block scrolling movement in a given direction.One can disable movements in the X axis, the Y axis or both.
8041 The default value is ScrollBlock.None, where movements are allowed in both directions.
8044 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalPageIndex">
8046 Sets or gets scroll current page number.
8049 Current page means the page which meets the top of the viewport.
8050 If there are two or more pages in the viewport, it returns the number of the page which meets the top of the viewport.
8051 The page number starts from 0. 0 is the first page.
8054 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalPageIndex">
8056 Sets or gets scroll current page number.
8059 Current page means the page which meets the left of the viewport.
8060 If there are two or more pages in the viewport, it returns the number of the page which meets the left of the viewport.
8061 The page number starts from 0. 0 is the first page.
8064 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalPageScrollLimit">
8066 Sets or gets the maximum limit of the movable page at vertical direction.
8069 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalPageScrollLimit">
8071 Sets or gets the maximum limit of the movable page at horizontal direction.
8074 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalBounce">
8076 Sets or gets the vertical bounce behaviour.
8077 When scrolling, the scroller may "bounce" when reaching an edge of the content object.
8078 This is a visual way to indicate the end has been reached.
8079 This is enabled by default for both axis.
8080 This API will set if it is enabled for the given axis with the boolean parameters for each axis.
8083 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalBounce">
8085 Sets or gets the horizontal bounce behaviour.
8086 When scrolling, the scroller may "bounce" when reaching an edge of the content object.
8087 This is a visual way to indicate the end has been reached.
8088 This is enabled by default for both axis.
8089 This API will set if it is enabled for the given axis with the boolean parameters for each axis.
8092 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.ChildWidth">
8094 Gets the width of the content object of the scroller.
8097 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.ChildHeight">
8099 Gets the height of the content object of the scroller.
8102 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalGravity">
8104 Set scrolling gravity values for a scroller.
8105 The gravity, defines how the scroller will adjust its view when the size of the scroller contents increase.
8106 The scroller will adjust the view to glue itself as follows.
8107 x=0.0, for staying where it is relative to the left edge of the content x=1.0, for staying where it is relative to the rigth edge of the content y=0.0, for staying where it is relative to the top edge of the content y=1.0, for staying where it is relative to the bottom edge of the content
8108 Default values for x and y are 0.0
8111 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalGravity">
8113 Set scrolling gravity values for a scroller.
8114 The gravity, defines how the scroller will adjust its view when the size of the scroller contents increase.
8115 The scroller will adjust the view to glue itself as follows.
8116 x=0.0, for staying where it is relative to the left edge of the content x=1.0, for staying where it is relative to the rigth edge of the content y=0.0, for staying where it is relative to the top edge of the content y=1.0, for staying where it is relative to the bottom edge of the content
8117 Default values for x and y are 0.0
8120 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.LastVerticalPageNumber">
8122 Get scroll last page number.
8123 The page number starts from 0. 0 is the first page. This returns the last page number among the pages.
8126 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.LastHorizontalPageNumber">
8128 Get scroll last page number.
8129 The page number starts from 0. 0 is the first page. This returns the last page number among the pages.
8132 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalLoop">
8134 Set an infinite loop_ for a scroller.
8135 This function sets the infinite loop vertically.
8136 If the content is set, it will be shown repeatedly.
8139 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalLoop">
8141 Set an infinite loop_ for a scroller.
8142 This function sets the infinite loop horizontally.
8143 If the content is set, it will be shown repeatedly.
8146 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalRelativePageSize">
8148 Gets or sets a given scroller widget's scrolling page size, relative to its viewport size.
8151 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalRelativePageSize">
8153 Gets or sets a given scroller widget's scrolling page size, relative to its viewport size.
8156 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalSnap">
8158 Gets or Sets the page snapping behavior of a scroller.
8161 When scrolling, if a scroller is paged (see VerticalRelativePageSize),
8162 the scroller may snap to pages when being scrolled, i.e., even if it had momentum to scroll further,
8163 it will stop at the next page boundaries. This is disabled, by default, for both axis.
8164 This function will set if it that is enabled or not, for each axis.
8167 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalSnap">
8169 Gets or Sets the page snapping behavior of a scroller.
8172 When scrolling, if a scroller is paged (see HorizontalRelativePageSize),
8173 the scroller may snap to pages when being scrolled, i.e., even if it had momentum to scroll further,
8174 it will stop at the next page boundaries. This is disabled, by default, for both axis.
8175 This function will set if it that is enabled or not, for each axis.
8178 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.PageHeight">
8180 Gets or sets the page size to an absolute fixed value, with 0 turning it off for that axis.
8183 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.PageWidth">
8185 Gets or sets the page size to an absolute fixed value, with 0 turning it off for that axis.
8188 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.ContentPropagateEvents">
8190 Gets or sets the event propagation for a scroller.
8191 This enables or disables event propagation from the scroller content to the scroller and its parent.
8192 By default event propagation is enabled.
8195 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalStepSize">
8197 Gets or sets the step size to move scroller by key event.
8200 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalStepSize">
8202 Gets or sets the step size to move scroller by key event.
8205 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.WheelDisabled">
8207 Gets or sets a value whether mouse wheel is enabled or not over the scroller.
8210 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.SingleDirection">
8212 Gets or sets the type of single direction scroll.
8215 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.MinimumLimit(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
8217 Sets the scroller minimum size limited to the minimum size of the content.
8218 By default the scroller will be as small as its design allows, irrespective of its content.
8219 This will make the scroller minimum size the right size horizontally and/or vertically to perfectly fit its content in that direction.
8221 <param name="horizontal">Enable limiting minimum size horizontally</param>
8222 <param name="vertical">Enable limiting minimum size vertically</param>
8224 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.SetPageSize(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
8226 Sets the page size to an absolute fixed value, with 0 turning it off for that axis.
8228 <param name="width">The horizontal page size.</param>
8229 <param name="height">The vertical page size.</param>
8231 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.SetPageSize(System.Double,System.Double)">
8233 Sets the scroll page size relative to the viewport size.
8236 The scroller is capable of limiting scrolling by the user to "pages".
8237 That is to jump by and only show a "whole page" at a time as if the continuous area of the scroller
8238 content is split into page sized pieces. This sets the size of a page relative to the viewport of the scroller.
8239 1.0 is "1 viewport" which is the size (horizontally or vertically). 0.0 turns it off in that axis.
8240 This is mutually exclusive with the page size (see elm_scroller_page_size_set() for more information).
8241 Likewise 0.5 is "half a viewport". Usable values are normally between 0.0 and 1.0 including 1.0.
8242 If you only want 1 axis to be page "limited", use 0.0 for the other axis.
8244 <param name="width">The horizontal page relative size.</param>
8245 <param name="height">The vertical page relative size.</param>
8247 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.ScrollTo(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
8249 Shows a specific virtual region within the scroller content object by the page number.
8250 (0, 0) of the indicated page is located at the top-left corner of the viewport.
8252 <param name="horizontalPageIndex">The horizontal page number.</param>
8253 <param name="verticalPageIndex">The vertical page number.</param>
8254 <param name="animated">True means slider with animation.</param>
8256 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.ScrollTo(ElmSharp.Rect,System.Boolean)">
8258 Shows a specific virtual region within the scroller content object.
8261 This ensures that all (or part, if it does not fit) of the designated region in the virtual content object ((0, 0)
8262 starting at the top-left of the virtual content object) is shown within the scroller.
8263 If set "animated" to true, it will allows the scroller to "smoothly slide" to this location
8264 (if configuration in general calls for transitions).
8265 It may not jump immediately to the new location and may take a while and show other content along the way.
8267 <param name="region">Rect struct of region.</param>
8268 <param name="animated">True means allows the scroller to "smoothly slide" to this location.</param>
8270 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Size">
8272 The Size is a struct that defining height and width as a pair of generic type.
8275 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Size.Width">
8277 Magnitude along the horizontal axis, in platform-defined units.
8280 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Size.Height">
8282 Magnitude along the vertical axis, in platform-specific units.
8285 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Size.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
8287 Initializes a new instance of the Size structure from the specified dimensions.
8289 <param name="width">The width to set</param>
8290 <param name="height">The height to set</param>
8292 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Size.ToString">
8294 A human-readable representation of the <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />.
8296 <returns>The string is formatted as "{{Width={0} Height={1}}}".</returns>
8298 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Size.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Size,ElmSharp.Size)">
8300 Whether the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />s are equal.
8302 <param name="s1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" /> on the left hand side.</param>
8303 <param name="s2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" /> on the right hand side.</param>
8304 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />s have equal values.</returns>
8306 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Size.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Size,ElmSharp.Size)">
8308 Whether two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />s are not equal.
8310 <param name="s1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" /> on the left hand side.</param>
8311 <param name="s2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" /> on the right hand side.</param>
8312 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />s do not have equal values.</returns>
8314 <member name="T:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode">
8316 Enumeration for the Slider's indicator visiblity mode.
8319 <member name="F:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode.Default">
8321 Show indicator on mouse down or change in slider value.
8324 <member name="F:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode.Always">
8326 Always show the indicator.
8329 <member name="F:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode.OnFocus">
8331 Show the indicator on focus.
8334 <member name="F:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode.None">
8336 Never show the indicator.
8339 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Slider">
8341 The Slider is a widget that adds a draggable slider widget for selecting the value of something within a range.
8344 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Slider.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
8346 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Slider class.
8348 <param name="parent">The <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> to which the new Slider will be attached as a child.</param>
8350 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Slider.ValueChanged">
8352 ValueChanged will be triggered when the Slider value is changed by the user.
8355 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Slider.DelayedValueChanged">
8357 DelayedValueChanged will be triggered when a short time after the value is changed by the user.
8358 This will be called only when the user stops dragging for a very short period or when they release their finger/mouse,
8359 so it avoids possibly expensive reactions to the value change.
8362 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Slider.DragStarted">
8364 DragStarted will be triggered when dragging the Slider indicator around has started.
8367 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Slider.DragStopped">
8369 DragStopped will be triggered when dragging the Slider indicator around has stopped.
8372 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.SpanSize">
8374 Sets or gets the (exact) length of the bar region of a given Slider widget.
8377 This sets the minimum width (when in the horizontal mode) or height (when in the vertical mode)
8378 of the actual bar area of the slider obj. This in turn affects the object's minimum size.
8379 Use this when you're not setting other size hints expanding on the given direction
8380 (like weight and alignment hints), and you would like it to have a specific size.
8383 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IndicatorFormat">
8385 Sets or gets the format string for the indicator label.
8388 The slider may display its value somewhere other than the unit label,
8389 for example, above the slider knob that is dragged around. This function sets the format string
8390 used for this.If NULL, the indicator label won't be visible. If not, it sets the format string
8391 for the label text. For the label text floating point value is provided, so the label text can
8392 display up to 1 floating point value. Note that this is optional.Use a format string
8393 such as "%1.2f meters" for example, and it displays values like: "3.14 meters" for a value
8394 equal to 3.14159.By default, the indicator label is disabled.
8397 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IsHorizontal">
8399 Sets or gets the orientation of a given slider widget.
8402 The orientation may be vertically or horizontally.By default, it's displayed horizontally.
8405 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.Minimum">
8407 Sets or gets the minimum values for the slider.
8410 This defines the allowed minimum values to be selected by the user.
8411 If the actual value is less than min, it is updated to min.
8412 Actual value can be obtained with Value.By default, min is equal to 0.0.
8415 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.Maximum">
8417 Sets or gets the maximum values for the slider.
8420 This defines the allowed maximum values to be selected by the user.
8421 If the actual value is bigger then max, it is updated to max.
8422 Actual value can be obtained with Value.By default, min is equal to 0.0, and max is equal to 1.0.
8423 Maximum must be greater than minimum, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
8426 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.Value">
8428 Gets or sets the value displayed by the slider.
8431 Value will be presented on the unit label following format specified with UnitFormat and
8432 on indicator with IndicatorFormat.The value must to be between Minimum and Maximum values.
8435 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.Step">
8437 Sets or gets the step by which the slider indicator moves.
8440 This value is used when the draggable object is moved automatically i.e.,
8441 in case of a key event when up/down/left/right key is pressed or in case accessibility
8442 is set and the flick event is used to inc/dec slider values.
8443 By default, the step value is equal to 0.05.
8446 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IsInverted">
8448 Gets or sets whether a given slider widget's displaying values are inverted.
8451 A slider may be inverted, in which case it gets its values inverted,
8452 with high values being on the left or top and low values on the right or bottom,
8453 as opposed to normally have the low values on the former and high values on the latter,
8454 respectively, for the horizontal and vertical modes.
8457 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IsIndicatorVisible">
8459 Sets or gets whether to enlarge the slider indicator (augmented knob).
8462 By default, the indicator is bigger when dragged by the user.
8463 It won't display values set with IndicatorFormat if you disable the indicator.
8466 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IndicatorVisibleMode">
8468 Sets or gets the visible mode of slider indicator.
8471 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IsIndicatorFocusable">
8473 Sets or gets whether to Show the indicator of slider on focus.
8476 <member name="T:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1">
8478 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.IInvalidatable"/>.
8479 The event with TEventArgs for <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/>.
8480 EvasObject can elect SmartEvent occurring inside of them to be reported back to their users via delegates.
8481 This way, you can extend EvasObject's own <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent"/>.
8482 They are defined by an event string, which identifies them uniquely.
8484 <typeparam name="TEventArgs">The parameter for the event.</typeparam>
8486 <member name="T:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.SmartEventInfoParser">
8488 The delegate for creating smart event item args.
8490 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
8491 <param name="obj">The sender obj.</param>
8492 <param name="info">The item sender obj.</param>
8493 <returns>Return smart event item args.</returns>
8495 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String,ElmSharp.SmartEvent{`0}.SmartEventInfoParser)">
8497 Creates and initializes a new instance of the SmartEvent class.
8499 <param name="sender">The source of the event.</param>
8500 <param name="eventName">The event name.</param>
8501 <param name="parser">The event parameter.</param>
8503 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
8505 Creates and initializes a new instance of the SmartEvent class.
8507 <param name="sender">The source of the event.</param>
8508 <param name="eventName">The event name.</param>
8510 <member name="E:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.On">
8512 Adds or removes delegate for event.
8515 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.MakeInvalidate">
8517 Make current instance invalidate.
8520 <member name="T:ElmSharp.SmartEvent">
8522 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.IInvalidatable"/>.
8523 EvasObject can elect SmartEvent occurring inside of them to be reported back to their users via delegates.
8524 This way, you can extend EvasObject's own <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent"/>.
8525 They are defined by an event string, which identifies them uniquely.
8527 <typeparam name="TEventArgs">The parameter for the event.</typeparam>
8529 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
8531 Creates and initializes a new instance of the SmartEvent class.
8533 <param name="sender">The source of the event.</param>
8534 <param name="eventName">The event name.</param>
8536 <member name="E:ElmSharp.SmartEvent.On">
8538 Adds or removes delegate for event.
8541 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent.MakeInvalidate">
8543 Make current instance invalidate.
8546 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Spinner">
8548 The Spinner is a widget that increase or decrease numeric values using arrow buttons, or edit values directly.
8549 Inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
8552 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Spinner.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
8554 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Spinner class.
8556 <param name="parent">The parent of new Spinner instance</param>
8558 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Spinner.ValueChanged">
8560 ValueChanged will be triggered whenever the spinner value is changed.
8563 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Spinner.DelayedValueChanged">
8565 DelayedValueChanged will be triggered after a short time when the value is changed.
8568 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.LabelFormat">
8570 Sets or gets the label format of the spinner.
8573 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Minimum">
8575 Sets or gets the minimum value for the spinner.
8578 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Maximum">
8580 Sets or gets the maximum value for the spinner.
8583 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Step">
8585 Sets or gets the step that used to increment or decrement the spinner value.
8588 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Value">
8590 Sets or gets the value displayed by the spinner.
8593 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Interval">
8595 Sets or gets the interval on time updates for an user mouse button hold on spinner widgets' arrows.
8598 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.RoundBase">
8600 Sets or gets the base for rounding.
8603 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.RoundValue">
8605 Sets or gets the round value for rounding.
8608 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.IsWrapEnabled">
8610 Sets or gets the wrap of a given spinner widget.
8613 If wrap is disabled, when the user tries to increment the value, but displayed value plus step value is bigger than maximum value, the new value will be the maximum value.
8614 If wrap is enabled, when the user tries to increment the value, but displayed value plus step value is bigger than maximum value, the new value will be the minimum value.
8615 By default it's disabled.
8618 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.IsEditable">
8620 Sets or gets whether the spinner can be directly edited by the user or not.
8622 <remarks>By default it is enabled</remarks>
8624 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Spinner.AddSpecialValue(System.Double,System.String)">
8626 Set a special string to display in the place of the numerical value.
8628 <param name="value">The numerical value to be replaced</param>
8629 <param name="label">The label to be used</param>
8631 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Spinner.RemoveSpecialValue(System.Double)">
8633 Remove a previously added special value, After this, the spinner will display the value itself instead of a label.
8635 <param name="value">The replaced numerical value</param>
8637 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Spinner.GetSpecialValue(System.Double)">
8639 Get the special string display in the place of the numerical value.
8641 <param name="value">The replaced numerical value.</param>
8642 <returns>The value of the spinner which replaced numerical value with special string</returns>
8644 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Table">
8646 The Table is a container widget to arrange other widgets in a table where items can span multiple columns or rows .
8647 Inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Container"/>.
8650 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
8652 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Table class.
8654 <param name="parent">
8655 A <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> to which the new Table instance will be attached.
8658 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Table.Homogeneous">
8660 Sets or gets whether the layout of this table is homogeneous.
8662 <remarks>True for homogeneous, False for no homogeneous</remarks>
8664 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Table.PaddingX">
8666 Sets or gets the horizontal padding between the cells.
8669 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Table.PaddingY">
8671 Sets or gets the vertical padding between the cells.
8674 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.Pack(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
8676 Adds a subobject on the table with the coordinates passed.
8678 <param name="obj">The subobject to be added to the table</param>
8679 <param name="col">The column number</param>
8680 <param name="row">The row number</param>
8681 <param name="colspan">The column span</param>
8682 <param name="rowspan">The row span</param>
8684 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.Unpack(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
8686 Removes the child from the table.
8688 <param name="obj">The subobject</param>
8690 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.Clear">
8692 Removes all child objects from a table object.
8695 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
8697 Sets the color for particular part of the table.
8699 <param name="part">The name of part class</param>
8700 <param name="color">The color</param>
8702 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.GetPartColor(System.String)">
8704 Gets the color of particular part of the table.
8706 <param name="part">The name of part class, it could be 'bg', 'elm.swllow.content'</param>
8707 <returns>The color of the particular part</returns>
8709 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode">
8711 Enumeration for the selection mode of Toolbar.
8714 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode.Default">
8716 Default select mode.
8719 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode.Always">
8724 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode.None">
8729 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode.DisplayOnly">
8731 No select mode with no finger size rule.
8734 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode">
8736 Enumeration that sets the toolbar items display behavior, it can be scrollable, can show a menu with exceeding items, or simply hide them.
8739 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.None">
8741 Sets minimum toolbar size to fit all the items.
8744 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.Hide">
8746 Hides exceeding items.
8749 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.Scroll">
8751 Allows accessing exceeding items through a scroller.
8754 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.Menu">
8756 Inserts a button to pop up a menu with exceeding items.
8759 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.Expand">
8761 Expands all items according to the size of the toolbar.
8764 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder">
8766 Enumeration for the icon lookup order of Toolbar.
8769 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder.FreedesktopTheme">
8771 Icon look up order: freedesktop, theme.
8774 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder.ThemeFreedesktop">
8776 Icon look up order: theme, freedesktop.
8779 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder.Freedesktop">
8781 Icon look up order: freedesktop.
8784 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder.Theme">
8786 Icon look up order: theme.
8789 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItemEventArgs">
8791 Event arguments for events of <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/>.
8797 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItemEventArgs.Item">
8799 Gets the ToolbarItem.
8802 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Toolbar">
8804 The Toolbar is a widget that displays a list of items inside a box.
8807 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
8809 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Toolbar class.
8811 <param name="parent">
8812 A EvasObject to which the new Table instance will be attached.
8815 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Selected">
8817 Selected will be triggered when toolbar have been selected.
8820 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Homogeneous">
8822 Sets or gets whether the layout of this toolbar is homogeneous.
8824 <remarks>True for homogeneous, False for no homogeneous</remarks>
8826 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.SelectionMode">
8828 Sets or gets the slection mode of a given Toolbar widget.
8831 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.ShrinkMode">
8833 Sets or gets the shrink mode of a given Toolbar widget.
8836 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.IconLookupOrder">
8838 Sets or gets the icon lookup order, for toolbar items' icons.
8839 The default lookup order is ToolbarIocnLookupOrder.ThemeFreedesktop.
8840 Icons added before calling this function will not be affected.
8843 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.IconSize">
8845 Sets or gets the icon size of a given toolbar widget.
8846 Default value is 32 pixels, to be used by toolbar items.
8849 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.ItemsCount">
8851 Gets the number of items in a toolbar widget.
8854 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.ItemAlignment">
8856 Sets or gets the alignment of the items.
8858 <remarks>The toolbar items alignment, a float between 0.0 and 1.0</remarks>
8860 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.TransverseExpansion">
8862 Sets or gets the item's transverse expansion of a given toolbar widget.
8865 The transverse expansion of the item, true for on and false for off.
8866 By default it's false.
8869 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String)">
8871 Appends ToolbarItem which just contains label to the toolbar.
8873 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
8874 <returns>The new ToolbarItem which appended to the toolbar</returns>
8875 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String,System.String)"/>
8876 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String)"/>
8878 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String,System.String)">
8880 Appends ToolbarItem which contains label and icon to the toolbar.
8882 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
8883 <param name="icon">A string with the icon name or the absolute path of an image file</param>
8884 <returns>The new ToolbarItem which appended to the toolbar</returns>
8885 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String)"/>
8886 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String)"/>
8887 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String,System.String)"/>
8889 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String)">
8891 Prepends ToolbarItem which just contains label to the toolbar.
8893 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
8894 <returns>The new ToolbarItem which prepended to the toolbar</returns>
8895 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String)"/>
8896 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String,System.String)"/>
8897 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String,System.String)"/>
8899 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String,System.String)">
8901 Prepends ToolbarItem which contains label and icon to the toolbar.
8903 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
8904 <param name="icon">A string with the icon name or the absolute path of an image file</param>
8905 <returns>The new <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> which prepended to the toolbar</returns>
8906 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String)"/>
8907 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String,System.String)"/>
8908 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String)"/>
8910 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String)">
8912 Inserts a new item which just contains label into the toolbar object before item <paramref name="before"/>.
8914 <param name="before">The toolbar item to insert before</param>
8915 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
8916 <returns>The new <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> which insert into the toolbar</returns>
8917 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String,System.String)"/>
8919 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String,System.String)">
8921 Inserts a new item which contains label and icon into the toolbar object before item <paramref name="before"/>.
8923 <param name="before">The toolbar item to insert before</param>
8924 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
8925 <param name="icon">A string with the icon name or the absolute path of an image file</param>
8926 <returns>The new <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> which insert into the toolbar</returns>
8927 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String)"/>
8929 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String,System.String)">
8931 Inserts a new item which contains label and icon into the toolbar object after item <paramref name="after"/>.
8933 <param name="after">The toolbar item to insert after</param>
8934 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
8935 <param name="icon">A string with the icon name or the absolute path of an image file</param>
8936 <returns>The new <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> which insert into the toolbar</returns>
8937 <seealso cref="!:InsertAfter(ToolbarItem, string)"/>
8939 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.FindItemByLabel(System.String)">
8941 Find the item with that label in the toolbar.
8943 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
8944 <returns>The <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> into the toolbar</returns>
8946 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.SelectedItem">
8948 Gets the selected ToolbarItemItem of the toolbar.
8951 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.FirstItem">
8953 Gets the first ToolbarItemItem of the toolbar.
8956 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.LastItem">
8958 Gets the last ToolbarItemItem of the toolbar.
8961 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem">
8963 The ToolbarItem is a item of Toolbar.
8966 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Icon">
8968 Sets or gets the icon path of the item.
8971 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Text">
8973 Sets or gets the text string of the item.
8976 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Enabled">
8978 Sets or gets the enable of the item.
8981 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.IsSeparator">
8983 Sets or gets whether displaying the item as a separator.
8985 <remarks>Items aren't set as a separator by default. If set as a separator it displays a separator theme, so it won't display icons or labels.</remarks>
8987 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.IsSelected">
8989 Sets or gets whether the item is selected.
8992 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Selected">
8994 Selected will be triggered when the item is selected.
8997 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.LongPressed">
8999 LongPressed will be triggered when the item is pressed long time.
9002 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Clicked">
9004 Clicked will be triggered when the item is clicked.
9007 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Transit">
9009 Transit is designed to apply various animated transition effects, such like translation, rotation, etc.
9010 For using these effects, create an Transit and add the desired transition effects.
9012 <remarks>Transit is not reusable. If the effect ends, the transit is destroyed automatically.</remarks>
9014 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Transit.Deleted">
9016 A callback called when the transit is deleted.
9019 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.#ctor">
9021 Creates and initializes a new instance of Transit class.
9024 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Duration">
9026 Gets or sets the transit animation time
9029 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.ObjectStateKeep">
9031 Gets or sets a value whether the objects states will be keep or not.
9032 If it is not kept, the objects states will be reset when transition ends.
9035 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.TweenMode">
9037 Gets or sets the transit animation acceleration type.
9040 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Repeat">
9042 Gets or sets the transit repeat count.
9043 If the repeat is a negative number, it will repeat infinite times.
9046 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.AutoReverse">
9048 Gets or sets if the auto reverse is on.
9051 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.EventEnabled">
9053 Gets or sets the event enabled when transit is operating.
9056 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Smooth">
9058 Gets or sets the smooth scaling for transit map rendering
9059 This gets smooth scaling for transit map rendering.
9062 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Progress">
9064 Get the time progression of the animation (a double value between 0.0 and 1.0).
9065 The value returned is a fraction(current time / total time).
9066 It represents the progression position relative to the total.
9069 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.BeginAccelerationFactor">
9071 Gets or sets the transit animation tween mode acceleration factor.
9073 <returns>A factor value from 0.0 to 1.0.</returns>
9075 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.EndAccelerationFactor">
9077 Gets or sets the transit animation tween mode acceleration factor.
9079 <returns>A factor value from 0.0 to 1.0.</returns>
9081 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.Go(System.Double)">
9083 Starts the transition in given seconds.
9084 Once this API is called, the transit begins to measure the time.
9086 <param name="interval">The interval value in seconds</param>
9088 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.Pause">
9090 Pause the transition.
9093 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.Resume">
9095 Resume the transition.
9098 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Chains">
9100 Get the current chained transit list.
9102 <remarks>Cannot add the duplicate transit.</remarks>
9104 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Objects">
9106 Get the objects list of the transit.
9108 <remarks>Cannot add the duplicate object.</remarks>
9110 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.AddEffect(ElmSharp.EffectBase)">
9114 <param name="effect">EffectBase object.</param>
9116 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.AddObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
9118 Add new object to apply the effects.
9119 After the first addition of an object to transit, if its object list become empty again, the transit will be killed.
9120 If the obj belongs to another transit, the obj will be removed from it and it will only belong to the other transit.
9122 <remarks>It is not allowed to add a new object after transit begins.</remarks>
9123 <param name="obj">Object to be animated.</param>
9125 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.RemoveObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
9127 Removes an added object from the transit.
9129 <param name="obj">Object to be removed from transit.</param>
9131 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.AddChainedTransit(ElmSharp.Transit)">
9133 Makes the chain relationship between two transits.
9135 <param name="transit">The chain transit object. This transit will be operated after transit is done.</param>
9137 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.DeleteChainedTransit(ElmSharp.Transit)">
9139 Cut off the chain relationship between two transits.
9141 <param name="transit">The chain transit object.</param>
9143 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FlipAxis">
9145 The axis along which flip effect should be applied.
9148 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FlipAxis.X">
9153 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FlipAxis.Y">
9158 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WipeDirection">
9160 The direction in which the wipe effect should occur.
9163 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeDirection.Left">
9168 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeDirection.Right">
9173 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeDirection.Up">
9178 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeDirection.Down">
9183 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WipeType">
9185 Whether the wipe effect should show or hide the object.
9188 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeType.Hide">
9190 Hide the object during the animation
9193 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeType.Show">
9195 Show the object during the animation
9198 <member name="T:ElmSharp.TweenMode">
9200 The type of acceleration used in the transition.
9203 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Linear">
9208 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Sinusoidal">
9210 Starts slow, increase speed over time, then decrease again and stop slowly, v1 being a power factor
9213 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Decelerate">
9215 Starts fast and decrease speed over time, v1 being a power factor
9218 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Accelerate">
9220 Starts slow and increase speed over time, v1 being a power factor
9223 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.DivisorInterpolate">
9225 Start at gradient v1, interpolated via power of v2 curve
9228 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Bounce">
9230 Start at 0.0 then "drop" like a ball bouncing to the ground at 1.0, and bounce v2 times, with decay factor of v1
9233 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Spring">
9235 Start at 0.0 then "wobble" like a spring rest position 1.0, and wobble v2 times, with decay factor of v1
9238 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.BezierCurve">
9240 Follow the cubic-bezier curve calculated with the control points (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
9243 <member name="T:ElmSharp.BlendEffect">
9248 <member name="M:ElmSharp.BlendEffect.#ctor">
9250 Creates and initializes a new instance of BlendEffect class.
9253 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorEffect">
9258 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.Color,ElmSharp.Color)">
9260 Creates and initializes a new instance of ColorEffect class.
9262 <param name="beginColor">The begin color of the effect</param>
9263 <param name="endColor">The end color of the effect</param>
9265 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorEffect.BeginColor">
9267 The begin color of the effect
9270 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorEffect.EndColor">
9272 The end color of the effect
9275 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FadeEffect">
9280 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FadeEffect.#ctor">
9282 Creates and initializes a new instance of FadeEffect class.
9285 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FlipEffect">
9290 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.FlipAxis,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
9292 Creates and initializes a new instance of FlipEffect class.
9294 <param name="axis">Flipping Axis(X or Y).</param>
9295 <param name="clockWise">Flipping Direction. True is clock-wise.</param>
9296 <param name="resizable">Resizable effect with FlipEffect</param>
9298 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipEffect.Axis">
9300 Flipping Axis(X or Y).
9303 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipEffect.ClockWise">
9305 Flipping Direction. True is clock-wise.
9308 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipEffect.Resizable">
9310 Resizable FlipEffect.
9313 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ResizingEffect">
9315 Resizing effect class.
9318 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ResizingEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.Size,ElmSharp.Size)">
9320 Creates and initializes a new instance of FlipEffect class.
9322 <param name="beginSize">The begin Size of the effect</param>
9323 <param name="endSize">The end Size of the effect</param>
9325 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ResizingEffect.BeginSize">
9327 The begin Size of the effect
9330 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ResizingEffect.EndSize">
9332 The end Size of the effect
9335 <member name="T:ElmSharp.RotationEffect">
9337 Rotation effect class.
9340 <member name="M:ElmSharp.RotationEffect.#ctor(System.Single,System.Single)">
9342 Creates and initializes a new instance of RotationEffect class.
9344 <param name="beginDegree">The begin degree of the effect</param>
9345 <param name="endDegree">The end degree of the effect</param>
9347 <member name="P:ElmSharp.RotationEffect.BeginDegree">
9349 The begin degree of the effect
9352 <member name="P:ElmSharp.RotationEffect.EndDegree">
9354 The end degree of the effect
9357 <member name="T:ElmSharp.TranslationEffect">
9359 Translation effect class.
9362 <member name="M:ElmSharp.TranslationEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.Point,ElmSharp.Point)">
9364 Creates and initializes a new instance of FlipEffect class.
9366 <param name="beginPoint">The begin Point of the effect</param>
9367 <param name="endPoint">The end Point of the effect</param>
9369 <member name="P:ElmSharp.TranslationEffect.BeginPoint">
9371 The begin Point of the effect
9374 <member name="P:ElmSharp.TranslationEffect.EndPoint">
9376 The end Point of the effect
9379 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WipeEffect">
9384 <member name="M:ElmSharp.WipeEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.WipeType,ElmSharp.WipeDirection)">
9386 Creates and initializes a new instance of WipeEffect class.
9388 <param name="type">Wipe type. Hide or show.</param>
9389 <param name="direction">Wipe Direction.</param>
9391 <member name="P:ElmSharp.WipeEffect.Type">
9393 Wipe type. Hide or show.
9396 <member name="P:ElmSharp.WipeEffect.Direction">
9401 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ZoomEffect">
9406 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ZoomEffect.#ctor(System.Single,System.Single)">
9408 Creates and initializes a new instance of ZoomEffect class.
9410 <param name="beginRate">The begin rate of the effect</param>
9411 <param name="endRate">The end rate of the effect</param>
9413 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ZoomEffect.BeginRate">
9415 The begin rate of the effect
9418 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ZoomEffect.EndRate">
9420 The end rate of the effect
9423 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.AppendGlobalFontPath(System.String)">
9425 Appends a font path to the list of font paths used by the application.
9427 <param name="path">The new font path.</param>
9429 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.PrependEvasGlobalFontPath(System.String)">
9431 Prepends a font path to the list of font paths used by the application.
9433 <param name="path">The new font path.</param>
9435 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.ClearEvasGlobalFontPath">
9437 Removes all font paths loaded into memory by evas_font_path_app_* APIs for the application.
9440 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.SetEdjeColorClass(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
9442 Sets Edje color class.
9444 <param name="colorClass">Color class</param>
9445 <param name="red">Object Red value</param>
9446 <param name="green">Object Red value</param>
9447 <param name="blue">Object Red value</param>
9448 <param name="alpha">Object Red value</param>
9449 <param name="outlineRed">Outline Red value</param>
9450 <param name="outlineGreen">Outline Green value</param>
9451 <param name="outlineBlue">Outline Blue value</param>
9452 <param name="outlineAlpha">Outline Alpha value</param>
9453 <param name="shadowRed">Shadow Red value</param>
9454 <param name="shadowGreen">Shadow Green value</param>
9455 <param name="shadowBlue">Shadow Bluevalue</param>
9456 <param name="shadowAlpha">Shadow Alpha value</param>
9459 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.GetEdjeColorClass(System.String,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
9461 Gets Edje color class.
9463 <param name="colorClass">Color class</param>
9464 <param name="red">Object Red value</param>
9465 <param name="green">Object Red value</param>
9466 <param name="blue">Object Red value</param>
9467 <param name="alpha">Object Red value</param>
9468 <param name="outlineRed">Outline Red value</param>
9469 <param name="outlineGreen">Outline Green value</param>
9470 <param name="outlineBlue">Outline Blue value</param>
9471 <param name="outlineAlpha">Outline Alpha value</param>
9472 <param name="shadowRed">Shadow Red value</param>
9473 <param name="shadowGreen">Shadow Green value</param>
9474 <param name="shadowBlue">Shadow Bluevalue</param>
9475 <param name="shadowAlpha">Shadow Alpha value</param>
9478 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.ProcessEdjeMessageSignal">
9480 Processes all queued up edje messages.
9481 This function triggers the processing of messages addressed to any (alive) edje objects.
9484 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.SetEdjeTextClass(System.String,System.String,System.Int32)">
9486 Sets the Edje text class.
9488 <param name="textClass">The text class name</param>
9489 <param name="font">The font name</param>
9490 <param name="size">The font size</param>
9491 <returns>True, on success or false, on error</returns>
9493 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.GetEdjeTextClass(System.String,System.String@,System.Int32@)">
9495 Gets the Edje text class.
9497 <param name="textClass">The text class name</param>
9498 <param name="font">The font name</param>
9499 <param name="size">The font size</param>
9500 <returns>True, on success or false, on error</returns>
9502 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.DeleteEdjeTextClass(System.String)">
9504 Delete the text class.
9506 <param name="textClass"></param>
9508 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.PremulityplyEvasColorByAlpha(System.Int32,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
9510 Pre-multiplies a rgb triplet by an alpha factor.
9512 <param name="alpha">The alpha factor</param>
9513 <param name="red">The Red component of the color</param>
9514 <param name="green">The Green component of the color</param>
9515 <param name="blue">The Blue component of the color</param>
9517 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.UnPremulityplyEvasColorByAlpha(System.Int32,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
9519 Undoes pre-multiplies a rgb triplet by an alpha factor.
9521 <param name="alpha">The alpha factor</param>
9522 <param name="red">The Red component of the color</param>
9523 <param name="green">The Green component of the color</param>
9524 <param name="blue">The Blue component of the color</param>
9526 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FocusDirection">
9528 Enumeration for the focus direction.
9531 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Previous">
9536 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Next">
9541 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Up">
9546 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Down">
9551 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Right">
9556 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Left">
9561 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Widget">
9563 The Widget is abstract class, it is the parent of other widgets.
9564 Inherits from <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/>.
9567 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
9569 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Widget class.
9571 <param name="parent">The parent of new Widget instance</param>
9573 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.UpdatePartContents(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
9575 Update the part contents
9577 <param name="content">The content which put to the part</param>
9578 <param name="part">The updated part</param>
9580 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Widget.Focused">
9582 Focused will be triggered when the widget is focused.
9585 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Widget.Unfocused">
9587 Unfocused will be triggered when the widget is unfocused.
9590 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsEnabled">
9592 Sets or gets the state of the widget, which might be enabled or disabled.
9595 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.Style">
9597 Sets or gets the style of the widget.
9600 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsFocused">
9602 Gets whether this widget is focused.
9605 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsFocusAllowed">
9607 Gets whether a widget is focusable or not.
9609 <remarks>Widgets which are meant to be interacted with by input events are created able to be focused, by default</remarks>
9611 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.Text">
9613 Sets or gets the text of the widget.
9615 <remarks>It could be override by special child class</remarks>
9617 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.BackgroundColor">
9619 Sets or gets the background color of the widget.
9621 <remarks>It could be override by special child class</remarks>
9623 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.Opacity">
9625 Sets or gets the opacity of the widget.
9627 <remarks>It could be override by special child class</remarks>
9629 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.AllowTreeFocus">
9631 Sets or gets whether a widget and its children are focusable or not.
9634 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsMirroredMode">
9636 Sets or gets the widget's mirrored mode.
9639 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsAutoMirroredMode">
9641 Sets or gets the widget's mirrored mode setting.
9642 When widget set automatic mode(true), it follows the system mirrored mode.
9645 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetFocus(System.Boolean)">
9647 Sets the widget to be focused or not.
9649 <param name="isFocus">Weather be focused</param>
9651 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.AllowFocus(System.Boolean)">
9653 Sets the ability for a widget to be focused.
9655 <param name="isAllowFocus">True if the object can be focused, false if not(and on errors)</param>
9657 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.FocusNext(ElmSharp.FocusDirection)">
9659 Gives focus to next widget in widget tree.
9661 <param name="direction">Direction to move the focus</param>
9663 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetNextFocusObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.FocusDirection)">
9665 Set next widget with specific focus direction.
9667 <param name="next">Focus next widget</param>
9668 <param name="direction">Focus direction</param>
9670 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
9672 Sets content to particular part of the widget, and the preserve old content will not be unset.
9674 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
9675 <param name="content">The content</param>
9676 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)"/>
9678 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)">
9680 Sets content to particular part of the widget.
9682 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
9683 <param name="content">The content</param>
9684 <param name="preserveOldContent">true, preserve old content will be unset. false, preserve old content will not be unset.</param>
9685 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)"/>
9687 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetContent(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
9689 Sets content to the widget, and the preserve old content will not be unset.
9691 <param name="content">The content</param>
9692 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetContent(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)"/>
9694 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetContent(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)">
9696 Sets content the widget.
9698 <param name="content">The content</param>
9699 <param name="preserveOldContent">true, preserve old content will be unset. false, preserve old content will not be unset.</param>
9700 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetContent(ElmSharp.EvasObject)"/>
9702 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartText(System.String,System.String)">
9704 Sets text to particular part of the widget.
9706 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
9707 <param name="text">The text</param>
9709 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.GetPartText(System.String)">
9711 Gets text of a particular part of the widget.
9713 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
9714 <returns>Text of the particular part of the widget</returns>
9716 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
9718 Sets color of a particular part of the widget.
9720 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
9721 <param name="color">The color be set to widget</param>
9722 <remarks>This method is a virtual method, it could be override by special child class</remarks>
9724 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.GetPartColor(System.String)">
9726 Gets color of the particular part of the widget.
9728 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
9729 <returns>The color of the particular part</returns>
9730 <remarks>This method is a virtual method, it could be override by special child class</remarks>
9732 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartOpacity(System.String,System.Int32)">
9734 Sets opacity of the particular part of the widget.
9736 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
9737 <param name="opacity">The opacity of the particular part</param>
9739 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.GetPartOpacity(System.String)">
9741 Gets opacity of the particular part of the widget.
9743 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
9744 <returns>Opacity value of the particular part</returns>
9746 <member name="T:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation">
9748 Enumeration for the display rotation of window.
9751 <member name="F:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation.Degree_0">
9753 Rotation value of window is 0 degree
9756 <member name="F:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation.Degree_90">
9758 Rotation value of window is 90 degree
9761 <member name="F:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation.Degree_180">
9763 Rotation value of window is 180 degree
9766 <member name="F:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation.Degree_270">
9768 Rotation value of window is 270 degree
9771 <member name="T:ElmSharp.StatusBarMode">
9773 Enumeration for the indicator opacity
9776 <member name="F:ElmSharp.StatusBarMode.Opaque">
9778 Opacifies the status bar
9781 <member name="F:ElmSharp.StatusBarMode.Translucent">
9783 Be translucent the status bar
9789 <member name="F:ElmSharp.StatusBarMode.Transparent">
9791 Transparentizes the status bar
9794 <member name="T:ElmSharp.IndicatorMode">
9796 Enumeration for the indicator mode.
9799 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IndicatorMode.Unknown">
9801 Unknown indicator state.
9804 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IndicatorMode.Hide">
9806 Hides the indicator.
9809 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IndicatorMode.Show">
9811 Shows the indicator.
9814 <member name="T:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode">
9816 Enumeration for the keyboard mode
9819 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Unknown">
9821 Unknown keyboard state
9824 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Off">
9826 Request to deactivate the keyboard
9829 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.On">
9831 Enable keyboard with default layout
9834 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Alpha">
9836 Alpha (a-z) keyboard layout
9839 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Numeric">
9841 Numeric keyboard layout
9844 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Pin">
9849 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.PhoneNumber">
9851 Phone keyboard layout
9854 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Hex">
9856 Hexadecimal numeric keyboard layout
9859 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.QWERTY">
9861 Full (QWERTY) keyboard layout
9864 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Password">
9866 Password keyboard layout
9869 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.IP">
9874 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Host">
9876 Host keyboard layout
9879 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.File">
9881 File keyboard layout
9884 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.URL">
9889 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Keypad">
9894 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.J2ME">
9896 J2ME keyboard layout
9899 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WindowType">
9901 Enumeration for the window type
9904 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Unknown">
9909 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Basic">
9911 A normal window. Indicates a normal, top-level window. Almost every window will be created with this type.
9914 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Dialog">
9916 Used for simple dialog windows.
9919 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Desktop">
9921 For special desktop windows, like a background window holding desktop icons.
9924 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Dock">
9926 The window is used as a dock or panel. Usually would be kept on top of any other window by the Window Manager.
9929 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Toolbar">
9931 The window is used to hold a floating toolbar, or similar.
9934 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Menu">
9939 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Utility">
9941 A persistent utility window, like a toolbox or palette.
9944 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Splash">
9946 Splash window for a starting up application.
9949 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.DropdownMenu">
9951 The window is a dropdown menu, as when an entry in a menubar is clicked.
9954 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.PopupMenu">
9956 Like DropdownMenu, but for the menu triggered by right-clicking an object.
9959 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Tooltip">
9961 The window is a tooltip. A short piece of explanatory text that typically appear after the mouse cursor hovers over an object for a while.
9964 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Notification">
9966 A notification window, like a warning about battery life or a new E-Mail received.
9969 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Combo">
9971 A window holding the contents of a combo box.
9974 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.DragAndDrop">
9976 Used to indicate the window is a representation of an object being dragged across different windows, or even applications.
9979 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.InlinedImage">
9981 The window is rendered onto an image buffer. No actual window is created for this type, instead the window and all of its contents will be rendered to an image buffer.
9982 This allows to have children window inside a parent one just like any other object would be, and do other things like applying Evas_Map effects to it.
9985 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.SocketImage">
9987 The window is rendered onto an image buffer and can be shown other process's plug image object.
9988 No actual window is created for this type, instead the window and all of its contents will be rendered to an image buffer and can be shown other process's plug image object.
9991 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Fake">
9993 This window was created using a pre-existing canvas. The window widget can be deleted, but the canvas must be managed externally.
9996 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Window">
9998 The Window is container that contain the graphical user interface of a program.
10001 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.#ctor(System.String)">
10003 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Window class.
10005 <param name="name">Window name.</param>
10007 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.#ctor(ElmSharp.Window,System.String)">
10009 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Window class.
10011 <param name="parent">
10012 Parent widget which this widow created on.
10014 <param name="name">
10018 Window constructor.show window indicator,set callback
10019 When closing the window in any way outside the program control,
10020 and set callback when window rotation changed.
10023 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.#ctor(ElmSharp.Window,System.String,ElmSharp.WindowType)">
10025 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Window class.
10027 <param name="parent">
10028 Parent widget which this widow created on.
10030 <param name="name">
10033 <param name="type">
10037 Window constructor.show window indicator,set callback
10038 When closing the window in any way outside the program control,
10039 and set callback when window rotation changed.
10042 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Window.CloseRequested">
10044 CloseRequested will be triggered when Window close.
10047 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Window.RotationChanged">
10049 RotationChanged will be triggered when Window do rotation.
10052 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Name">
10054 Sets or gets Window name.
10057 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Type">
10059 Gets the Window type.
10062 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenSize">
10064 Gets Window size with Size value(w,h)
10067 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenDpi">
10069 Gets the screen dpi for the screen that a Window is on.
10072 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Rotation">
10074 Gets the rotation of the Window.The rotation of the window in degrees (0-360).
10077 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.IsRotationSupported">
10079 Gets whether window manager supports window rotation or not.
10082 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.AvailableRotations">
10084 Sets or gets available rotation degree.
10087 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.AutoDeletion">
10089 Sets or gets whether auto deletion function is enable.
10092 If you enable auto deletion, the window is automatically destroyed after the signal is emitted.
10093 If auto deletion is disabled, the window is not destroyed and the program has to handle it.
10096 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Alpha">
10098 Sets or gets the alpha channel state of a window.
10101 True if the window alpha channel is enabled, false otherwise.
10102 If alpha is true, the alpha channel of the canvas will be enabled possibly making parts of the window completely or partially transparent.
10105 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Role">
10107 Sets or gets the role of the window.
10110 The Role will be invalid if a new role is set or if the window is destroyed.
10113 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.StatusBarMode">
10115 Sets or gets the mode of status bar.
10118 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.IndicatorMode">
10120 Gets or sets the window's indicator mode.
10122 <value>The indicator mode.</value>
10124 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Aspect">
10126 Gets or sets the aspect ratio of a window.
10129 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.AutoHide">
10131 Window's autohide state.
10134 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Borderless">
10136 Get the borderless state of a window.
10137 This function requests the Window Manager to not draw any decoration around the window.
10140 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.DemandAttention">
10142 Gets or sets the demand attention state of a window.
10145 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.FloatingMode">
10147 Gets or sets the floating mode of a window.
10150 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.FocusHighlightAnimation">
10152 Gets or sets the animate status for the focus highlight for this window.
10153 This function will enable or disable the animation of focus highlight only for the given window, regardless of the global setting for it.
10156 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.FocusHighlightEnabled">
10158 Gets or sets the enabled status for the focus highlight in a window.
10159 This function will enable or disable the focus highlight only for the given window, regardless of the global setting for it.
10162 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.FocusHighlightStyle">
10164 Gets or sets the style for the focus highlight on this window.
10165 Sets the style to use for theming the highlight of focused objects on the given window.If style is NULL, the default will be used.
10168 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.KeyboardMode">
10170 Get the keyboard mode of the window.
10173 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Layer">
10175 Gets or sets the layer of the window.
10176 What this means exactly will depend on the underlying engine used.
10177 In the case of X11 backed engines, the value in layer has the following meanings
10178 less than 3 means that the window will be placed below all others,
10179 more than 5 means that the window will be placed above all others,
10180 and anything else means that the window will be placed in the default layer.
10183 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Maximized">
10185 Gets or sets the maximized state of a window.
10188 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Modal">
10190 Gets or sets the modal state of a window.
10193 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.NoBlank">
10195 Gets or sets the noblank property of a window.
10196 This is a way to request the display on which the windowis shown does not blank, screensave or otherwise hide or obscure the window.It is intended for uses such as media playback on a television where a user may not want to be interrupted by an idle screen.
10197 The noblank property may have no effect if the window is iconified/minimized or hidden.
10200 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Profile">
10202 Get the profile of a window.
10205 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenConstrain">
10207 Get the constraints on the maximum width and height of a window relative to the width and height of its screen.
10208 When this function returns true, obj will never resize larger than the screen.
10211 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.BaseSize">
10213 Gets or sets the base size of a window.
10216 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.StepSize">
10218 Gets or sets the step size of a window.
10221 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenPositionX">
10223 Get the screen position X of a window.
10226 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenPositionY">
10228 Get the screen position Y of a window.
10231 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Title">
10233 Gets or sets the title of the window.
10236 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Urgent">
10238 Gets or sets the urgent state of a window.
10241 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Withdrawn">
10243 Gets or sets the withdrawn state of a window.
10246 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.CreateServiceSocket(System.String,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
10248 Create a socket to provide the service for Plug widget.
10250 <param name="name">A service name</param>
10251 <param name="number">A number (any value, 0 being the common default) to differentiate multiple instances of services with the same name.</param>
10252 <param name="systemWide">A boolean that if true, specifies to create a system-wide service all users can connect to, otherwise the service is private to the user id that created the service.</param>
10253 <returns>If true, create successfull, otherwise false</returns>
10255 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.SetRotation(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
10257 Set the rotation of the window.
10259 <param name="degree">The rotation of the window, in degrees (0-360), counter-clockwise.</param>
10260 <param name="resize">Resizes the window's contents so that they fit inside the current window geometry.</param>
10262 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.FocusSkip(System.Boolean)">
10264 Set the window to be skipped by focus.
10265 This sets the window to be skipped by normal input.
10266 This means a window manager will be asked to not focus this window as well as omit it from things like the taskbar, pager etc.
10267 Call this and enable it on a window BEFORE you show it for the first time, otherwise it may have no effect.
10268 Use this for windows that have only output information or might only be interacted with by the mouse or fingers, and never for typing input.
10269 Be careful that this may have side-effects like making the window non-accessible in some cases unless the window is specially handled. Use this with care.
10272 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.PullUp">
10274 Pull up the window object.
10275 Places the window pointed by obj at the top of the stack, so that it's not covered by any other window.
10278 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.BringDown">
10280 Bring down the window object.
10281 Places the window pointed by obj at the bottom of the stack, so that no other window is covered by it.
10284 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.Active">
10286 This function sends a request to the Windows Manager to activate the Window.
10287 If honored by the WM, the window receives the keyboard focus.
10290 This is just a request that a Window Manager may ignore, so calling this function does not ensure
10291 in any way that the window is going to be the active one after it.
10294 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.DeleteResizeObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
10296 Delete subobj as a resize object of window obj.
10297 This function removes the object subobj from the resize objects of the window obj.
10298 It will not delete the object itself, which will be left unmanaged and should be deleted by the developer, manually handled or set as child of some other container.
10300 <param name="obj">Resize object.</param>
10302 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.AddResizeObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
10304 Adds obj as a resize object of the Window.
10307 Setting an object as a resize object of the window means that the obj child's size and
10308 position is controlled by the window directly. That is, the obj is resized to match the window size
10309 and should never be moved or resized manually by the developer.In addition,
10310 resize objects of the window control the minimum size of it as well as whether it can or cannot be resized by the user.
10316 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.KeyGrabEx(System.String)">
10318 Set the keygrab of the window.
10320 <param name="keyname">keyname string to set keygrab</param>
10322 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.KeyUngrabEx(System.String)">
10324 Unset the keygrab of the window.
10326 <param name="keyname">keyname string to unset keygrab</param>
10328 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WrapType">
10330 Enumeration for the wrap type.
10333 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WrapType.None">
10338 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WrapType.Char">
10340 Char wrap - wrap between characters.
10343 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WrapType.Word">
10345 Word wrap - wrap within the allowed wrapping points
10346 (as defined in the unicode standard).
10349 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WrapType.Mixed">
10351 Mixed wrap - Word wrap, if that fails, char wrap.
10354 <member name="T:Interop.Elementary.ReturnKeyType">
10356 Types of "Enter" keys available for different keyboards layout